US20180311316A1 - Injectable solution at ph 7 comprising at least one basal insulin whose pi is between 5.8 and 8.5 - Google Patents
Injectable solution at ph 7 comprising at least one basal insulin whose pi is between 5.8 and 8.5 Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20180311316A1 US20180311316A1 US16/025,832 US201816025832A US2018311316A1 US 20180311316 A1 US20180311316 A1 US 20180311316A1 US 201816025832 A US201816025832 A US 201816025832A US 2018311316 A1 US2018311316 A1 US 2018311316A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- group
- insulin
- chosen
- radical
- lantus
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N insulin Chemical compound N1C(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)CN)C(C)CC)CSSCC(C(NC(CO)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CCC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CSSCC(NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(C)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2NC=NC=2)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)CNC2=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC(O)=CC=3)C(=O)NC(C(C)O)C(=O)N3C(CCC3)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(C)C(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(O)=O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)CC)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)C(C(C)O)NC(=O)C1CSSCC2NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(N)CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(C)C)CC1=CN=CN1 NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 title claims abstract description 393
- 102000004877 Insulin Human genes 0.000 title claims abstract description 226
- 108090001061 Insulin Proteins 0.000 title claims abstract description 226
- 229940125396 insulin Drugs 0.000 title claims abstract description 189
- 229940102223 injectable solution Drugs 0.000 title description 2
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 381
- 229920002307 Dextran Polymers 0.000 claims abstract description 160
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 78
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 27
- 150000007942 carboxylates Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 17
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 9
- 108010057186 Insulin Glargine Proteins 0.000 claims description 337
- COCFEDIXXNGUNL-RFKWWTKHSA-N Insulin glargine Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@H]1CSSC[C@H]2C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@H](C(N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=3C=CC(O)=CC=3)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=3C=CC(O)=CC=3)C(=O)N[C@@H](CSSC[C@H](NC(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=3C=CC(O)=CC=3)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=3NC=NC=3)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)CNC1=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(O)=O)C(=O)NCC(O)=O)=O)CSSC[C@@H](C(N2)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)CN)[C@@H](C)CC)[C@@H](C)CC)[C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(C)C)C1=CN=CN1 COCFEDIXXNGUNL-RFKWWTKHSA-N 0.000 claims description 335
- 150000004676 glycans Polymers 0.000 claims description 209
- 229960002869 insulin glargine Drugs 0.000 claims description 132
- WNRQPCUGRUFHED-DETKDSODSA-N humalog Chemical compound C([C@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)[C@H]([C@@H](C)CC)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H]([C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)CN)[C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(O)=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1.C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(O)=O)C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1NC=NC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(C)C)C1=CN=CN1 WNRQPCUGRUFHED-DETKDSODSA-N 0.000 claims description 126
- 108010065920 Insulin Lispro Proteins 0.000 claims description 123
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 claims description 80
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 80
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 claims description 80
- -1 alkali metal cations Chemical class 0.000 claims description 59
- 229960002068 insulin lispro Drugs 0.000 claims description 59
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 claims description 58
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 claims description 58
- 125000001033 ether group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 58
- 125000004395 glucoside group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 57
- 108700039926 insulin glulisine Proteins 0.000 claims description 48
- RCHHVVGSTHAVPF-ZPHPLDECSA-N apidra Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@H]1CSSC[C@H]2C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@H](C(N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=3C=CC(O)=CC=3)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=3C=CC(O)=CC=3)C(=O)N[C@@H](CSSC[C@H](NC(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=3C=CC(O)=CC=3)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=3N=CNC=3)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)CNC1=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(O)=O)=O)CSSC[C@@H](C(N2)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)CN)[C@@H](C)CC)[C@@H](C)CC)[C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(C)C)C1=CNC=N1 RCHHVVGSTHAVPF-ZPHPLDECSA-N 0.000 claims description 46
- HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N cholesterol group Chemical group [C@@H]1(CC[C@H]2[C@@H]3CC=C4C[C@@H](O)CC[C@]4(C)[C@H]3CC[C@]12C)[C@H](C)CCCC(C)C HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N 0.000 claims description 46
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 claims description 45
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 42
- KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbamic acid Chemical group NC(O)=O KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 34
- CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N L-aspartic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(O)=O CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 claims description 33
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 claims description 31
- 229940009098 aspartate Drugs 0.000 claims description 29
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 28
- DTHNMHAUYICORS-KTKZVXAJSA-N Glucagon-like peptide 1 Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC=1N=CNC=1)[C@@H](C)O)[C@@H](C)O)C(C)C)C1=CC=CC=C1 DTHNMHAUYICORS-KTKZVXAJSA-N 0.000 claims description 27
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 claims description 27
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 24
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycine Chemical compound NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 24
- PBGKTOXHQIOBKM-FHFVDXKLSA-N insulin (human) Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@H]1CSSC[C@H]2C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@H](C(N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=3C=CC(O)=CC=3)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=3C=CC(O)=CC=3)C(=O)N[C@@H](CSSC[C@H](NC(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=3C=CC(O)=CC=3)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=3NC=NC=3)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)CNC1=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(O)=O)=O)CSSC[C@@H](C(N2)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)CN)[C@@H](C)CC)[C@@H](C)CC)[C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(C)C)C1=CN=CN1 PBGKTOXHQIOBKM-FHFVDXKLSA-N 0.000 claims description 23
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 claims description 17
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 16
- 108010073961 Insulin Aspart Proteins 0.000 claims description 14
- 235000003704 aspartic acid Nutrition 0.000 claims description 14
- OQFSQFPPLPISGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-carboxyaspartic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)C(C(O)=O)C(O)=O OQFSQFPPLPISGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 14
- 229940024606 amino acid Drugs 0.000 claims description 13
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 claims description 13
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 13
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 13
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 claims description 12
- 101000976075 Homo sapiens Insulin Proteins 0.000 claims description 11
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-leucine Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 claims description 11
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Leucine Natural products CC(C)CC(N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 11
- 150000004985 diamines Chemical class 0.000 claims description 11
- 235000005772 leucine Nutrition 0.000 claims description 11
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 9
- KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Carbamate Chemical compound NC([O-])=O KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 claims description 8
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-phenylalanine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 8
- 235000008729 phenylalanine Nutrition 0.000 claims description 8
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylalanine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- 101710198884 GATA-type zinc finger protein 1 Proteins 0.000 claims description 7
- VOMXSOIBEJBQNF-UTTRGDHVSA-N novorapid Chemical compound C([C@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)[C@H]([C@@H](C)CC)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H]([C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)CN)[C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(O)=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1.C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(O)=O)C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1NC=NC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(C)C)C1=CN=CN1 VOMXSOIBEJBQNF-UTTRGDHVSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- CBFCDTFDPHXCNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N octyldodecane Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC CBFCDTFDPHXCNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- 150000003751 zinc Chemical class 0.000 claims description 7
- GVJHHUAWPYXKBD-IEOSBIPESA-N α-tocopherol Chemical compound OC1=C(C)C(C)=C2O[C@@](CCC[C@H](C)CCC[C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)(C)CCC2=C1C GVJHHUAWPYXKBD-IEOSBIPESA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- 229930182558 Sterol Natural products 0.000 claims description 6
- 229910052783 alkali metal Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000002877 alkyl aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000003710 aryl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000006165 cyclic alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 6
- 229960004717 insulin aspart Drugs 0.000 claims description 6
- 229960000696 insulin glulisine Drugs 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 claims description 6
- ZJBSYAFNSOWCMY-INIZCTEOSA-N octyl (2s)-2-amino-3-phenylpropanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCOC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 ZJBSYAFNSOWCMY-INIZCTEOSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 238000006116 polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 6
- 150000004804 polysaccharides Polymers 0.000 claims description 6
- 150000003432 sterols Chemical class 0.000 claims description 6
- 235000003702 sterols Nutrition 0.000 claims description 6
- AMTSWJUDPMBWKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-aminoethoxy)ethyl dodecanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCCOCCN AMTSWJUDPMBWKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- WUWKEUOENIIUET-DAFXYXGESA-N 3,7-dimethyloctyl (2s)-2-amino-3-phenylpropanoate Chemical compound CC(C)CCCC(C)CCOC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 WUWKEUOENIIUET-DAFXYXGESA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- DESVYRJXTAYBFA-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-(2-aminoethyl)dodecanamide Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)NCCN DESVYRJXTAYBFA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- SLEWHWPTKJAAIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-[2-[2-(2-aminoethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl]dodecanamide Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)NCCOCCOCCN SLEWHWPTKJAAIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- WYWKRBCUFJSOKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-[2-[2-(2-aminoethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl]hexadecanamide Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)NCCOCCOCCN WYWKRBCUFJSOKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lysine Natural products NCCCCC(N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000004472 Lysine Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 235000018977 lysine Nutrition 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000004430 oxygen atom Chemical group O* 0.000 claims description 4
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutamic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N L-alanine Chemical compound C[C@H](N)C(O)=O QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-WHFBIAKZSA-N L-isoleucine Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-WHFBIAKZSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-lysine Chemical compound NCCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-valine Chemical compound CC(C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Valine Natural products CC(C)C(N)C(O)=O KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 235000004279 alanine Nutrition 0.000 claims description 3
- GVJHHUAWPYXKBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N d-alpha-tocopherol Natural products OC1=C(C)C(C)=C2OC(CCCC(C)CCCC(C)CCCC(C)C)(C)CCC2=C1C GVJHHUAWPYXKBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 235000013922 glutamic acid Nutrition 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000004220 glutamic acid Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 235000014705 isoleucine Nutrition 0.000 claims description 3
- 229960000310 isoleucine Drugs 0.000 claims description 3
- AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoleucine Natural products CCC(C)C(N)C(O)=O AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000001400 nonyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 3
- 238000006268 reductive amination reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 3
- 229930003799 tocopherol Natural products 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000011732 tocopherol Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 235000010384 tocopherol Nutrition 0.000 claims description 3
- 229960001295 tocopherol Drugs 0.000 claims description 3
- 235000014393 valine Nutrition 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000004474 valine Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 150000001860 citric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 claims description 2
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 2
- 235000021317 phosphate Nutrition 0.000 claims description 2
- 150000003013 phosphoric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000001453 quaternary ammonium group Chemical class 0.000 claims description 2
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 2
- LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 102100025101 GATA-type zinc finger protein 1 Human genes 0.000 claims 2
- 150000001841 cholesterols Chemical class 0.000 claims 2
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 233
- 229940060975 lantus Drugs 0.000 description 212
- 229920001282 polysaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 203
- 239000005017 polysaccharide Substances 0.000 description 203
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 93
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 description 91
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 76
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 76
- 229940038661 humalog Drugs 0.000 description 63
- 108010011459 Exenatide Proteins 0.000 description 53
- HTQBXNHDCUEHJF-XWLPCZSASA-N Exenatide Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)NCC(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCNC(N)=N)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCSC)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC=1NC=NC=1)[C@@H](C)O)[C@@H](C)O)C(C)C)C1=CC=CC=C1 HTQBXNHDCUEHJF-XWLPCZSASA-N 0.000 description 53
- 239000004026 insulin derivative Substances 0.000 description 49
- YSDQQAXHVYUZIW-QCIJIYAXSA-N Liraglutide Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCNC(=O)CC[C@H](NC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)C(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)NCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC=1NC=NC=1)[C@@H](C)O)[C@@H](C)O)C(C)C)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 YSDQQAXHVYUZIW-QCIJIYAXSA-N 0.000 description 47
- 108010019598 Liraglutide Proteins 0.000 description 47
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 47
- 238000002479 acid--base titration Methods 0.000 description 43
- IUVCFHHAEHNCFT-INIZCTEOSA-N 2-[(1s)-1-[4-amino-3-(3-fluoro-4-propan-2-yloxyphenyl)pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-1-yl]ethyl]-6-fluoro-3-(3-fluorophenyl)chromen-4-one Chemical compound C1=C(F)C(OC(C)C)=CC=C1C(C1=C(N)N=CN=C11)=NN1[C@@H](C)C1=C(C=2C=C(F)C=CC=2)C(=O)C2=CC(F)=CC=C2O1 IUVCFHHAEHNCFT-INIZCTEOSA-N 0.000 description 41
- 229940112930 apidra Drugs 0.000 description 40
- 229940084891 byetta Drugs 0.000 description 38
- 239000002244 precipitate Substances 0.000 description 35
- 238000005160 1H NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 32
- 229940007428 victoza Drugs 0.000 description 32
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 30
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 29
- 108091003079 Bovine Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 27
- 229940098773 bovine serum albumin Drugs 0.000 description 27
- 238000004090 dissolution Methods 0.000 description 25
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 25
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 25
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 24
- 239000008055 phosphate buffer solution Substances 0.000 description 21
- KBPLFHHGFOOTCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-Octanol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCO KBPLFHHGFOOTCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 20
- LQZZUXJYWNFBMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N dodecan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCO LQZZUXJYWNFBMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 20
- POULHZVOKOAJMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N dodecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O POULHZVOKOAJMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 20
- JIAARYAFYJHUJI-UHFFFAOYSA-L zinc dichloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[Cl-].[Zn+2] JIAARYAFYJHUJI-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 20
- JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N toluene-4-sulfonic acid Chemical class CC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 19
- HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc Chemical compound [Zn] HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 229910052725 zinc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 18
- 239000011701 zinc Substances 0.000 description 18
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 17
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 17
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 17
- 229940123452 Rapid-acting insulin Drugs 0.000 description 16
- 108010026951 Short-Acting Insulin Proteins 0.000 description 16
- 235000012000 cholesterol Nutrition 0.000 description 16
- RMIODHQZRUFFFF-UHFFFAOYSA-M COCC(=O)[O-].[Na+] Chemical compound COCC(=O)[O-].[Na+] RMIODHQZRUFFFF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 15
- 229960001519 exenatide Drugs 0.000 description 15
- 229960002701 liraglutide Drugs 0.000 description 15
- 241000282887 Suidae Species 0.000 description 14
- 230000001747 exhibiting effect Effects 0.000 description 14
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 14
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 13
- 238000004108 freeze drying Methods 0.000 description 13
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 13
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 13
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 11
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 11
- 238000000108 ultra-filtration Methods 0.000 description 11
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 10
- MWKFXSUHUHTGQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N decan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCO MWKFXSUHUHTGQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- BXWNKGSJHAJOGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexadecan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO BXWNKGSJHAJOGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- IPCSVZSSVZVIGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O IPCSVZSSVZVIGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 229940112879 novolog Drugs 0.000 description 10
- 230000003285 pharmacodynamic effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- 235000005074 zinc chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 10
- 239000011592 zinc chloride Substances 0.000 description 10
- WEDIKSVWBUKTRA-WTKGVUNUSA-N CC[C@H](C)[C@H](NC(=O)CN)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@H]1CSSC[C@@H]2NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CSSC[C@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](Cc3c[nH]cn3)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@@H](N)Cc3ccccc3)C(C)C)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](Cc3c[nH]cn3)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](Cc3ccc(O)cc3)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CSSC[C@H](NC(=O)[C@H](Cc3ccc(O)cc3)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](Cc3ccc(O)cc3)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC2=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(O)=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](Cc2ccccc2)C(=O)N[C@@H](Cc2ccccc2)C(=O)N[C@@H](Cc2ccc(O)cc2)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(O)=O)NC1=O)[C@@H](C)O)[C@@H](C)CC Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@H](NC(=O)CN)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@H]1CSSC[C@@H]2NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CSSC[C@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](Cc3c[nH]cn3)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@@H](N)Cc3ccccc3)C(C)C)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](Cc3c[nH]cn3)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](Cc3ccc(O)cc3)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CSSC[C@H](NC(=O)[C@H](Cc3ccc(O)cc3)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](Cc3ccc(O)cc3)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC2=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(O)=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](Cc2ccccc2)C(=O)N[C@@H](Cc2ccccc2)C(=O)N[C@@H](Cc2ccc(O)cc2)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(O)=O)NC1=O)[C@@H](C)O)[C@@H](C)CC WEDIKSVWBUKTRA-WTKGVUNUSA-N 0.000 description 9
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylenediamine Chemical compound NCCN PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- XVVOERDUTLJJHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lixisenatide Chemical compound C=1NC2=CC=CC=C2C=1CC(C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)NCC(=O)N1C(CCC1)C(=O)NC(CO)C(=O)NC(CO)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(C)C(=O)N1C(CCC1)C(=O)N1C(CCC1)C(=O)NC(CO)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)CC)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CCCNC(N)=N)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(C)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(CCSC)NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CCCCN)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CC=1C=CC=CC=1)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)CNC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)C(N)CC=1NC=NC=1)C(C)O)C(C)O)C(C)C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 XVVOERDUTLJJHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 206010012601 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 description 9
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 9
- 108010004367 lixisenatide Proteins 0.000 description 9
- 229960001093 lixisenatide Drugs 0.000 description 9
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 9
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 9
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 9
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 9
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 241000282472 Canis lupus familiaris Species 0.000 description 8
- RLSSMJSEOOYNOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N m-cresol Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC(O)=C1 RLSSMJSEOOYNOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000012429 reaction media Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 8
- HLZKNKRTKFSKGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetradecan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCO HLZKNKRTKFSKGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 0 *C1C(CC)OC(OC)C(*)C1* Chemical compound *C1C(CC)OC(OC)C(*)C1* 0.000 description 7
- LEMUFSYUPGXXCM-JNEQYSBXSA-N caninsulin Chemical compound [Zn].C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@H]1CSSC[C@H]2C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@H](C(N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=3C=CC(O)=CC=3)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=3C=CC(O)=CC=3)C(=O)N[C@@H](CSSC[C@H](NC(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=3C=CC(O)=CC=3)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC3N=CN=C3)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)CNC1=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)O)C(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(O)=O)=O)CSSC[C@@H](C(N2)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)CN)[C@@H](C)CC)[C@@H](C)CC)[C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(C)C)C1C=NC=N1 LEMUFSYUPGXXCM-JNEQYSBXSA-N 0.000 description 7
- MTHSVFCYNBDYFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCOCCO MTHSVFCYNBDYFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 7
- PRNCMAKCNVRZFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,7-dimethyloctan-1-ol Chemical compound CC(C)CCCC(C)CCO PRNCMAKCNVRZFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 102100040918 Pro-glucagon Human genes 0.000 description 6
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 125000000129 anionic group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000000502 dialysis Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 230000000007 visual effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 235000021314 Palmitic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 5
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 5
- FDRCDNZGSXJAFP-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium chloroacetate Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]C(=O)CCl FDRCDNZGSXJAFP-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 5
- 238000010254 subcutaneous injection Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000007929 subcutaneous injection Substances 0.000 description 5
- GODZNYBQGNSJJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-aminoethane-1,2-diol Chemical compound NC(O)CO GODZNYBQGNSJJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- GIAFURWZWWWBQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-aminoethoxy)ethanol Chemical compound NCCOCCO GIAFURWZWWWBQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Aminoethan-1-ol Chemical compound NCCO HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- PRPSWZXIZBBOFB-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCCOC(=O)CC(CC(=O)COC)C(=O)OCCC Chemical compound CCCOC(=O)CC(CC(=O)COC)C(=O)OCCC PRPSWZXIZBBOFB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 125000000539 amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000002218 hypoglycaemic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- TUNFSRHWOTWDNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetradecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O TUNFSRHWOTWDNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- FZWBNHMXJMCXLU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3,4,5-tetrahydroxy-6-[3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-[[3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-2-yl]oxymethyl]oxan-2-yl]oxyhexanal Chemical class OC1C(O)C(O)C(CO)OC1OCC1C(O)C(O)C(O)C(OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C=O)O1 FZWBNHMXJMCXLU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108010088751 Albumins Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000009027 Albumins Human genes 0.000 description 3
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108010089308 Insulin Detemir Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000007327 Protamines Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010007568 Protamines Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229940119743 dextran 70 Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000037406 food intake Effects 0.000 description 3
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazole Natural products C1=CNC=N1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 3
- UGOZVNFCFYTPAZ-IOXYNQHNSA-N levemir Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)NCCCC[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H]1CCCN1C(=O)[C@H]([C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CCCNC(N)=N)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H]1NC(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=2N=CNC=2)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=2N=CNC=2)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC=2C=CC=CC=2)C(C)C)CSSC[C@@H]2NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)CN)[C@@H](C)CC)C(C)C)CSSC[C@H](NC(=O)[C@H]([C@@H](C)CC)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H]([C@@H](C)O)NC2=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)N[C@@H](CSSC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(O)=O)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 UGOZVNFCFYTPAZ-IOXYNQHNSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000004702 methyl esters Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229940048914 protamine Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000004627 regenerated cellulose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000012465 retentate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000004366 reverse phase liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000004007 reversed phase HPLC Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000002459 sustained effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 3
- ZIBGPFATKBEMQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N triethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCOCCOCCO ZIBGPFATKBEMQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- RZVAJINKPMORJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetaminophen Chemical compound CC(=O)NC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 RZVAJINKPMORJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XCUFSUQOCYFXPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCC(=O)CCCOCCOCCCC(=O)COC Chemical compound CCC(=O)CCCOCCOCCCC(=O)COC XCUFSUQOCYFXPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SZORMCBRRGPWKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCCC(=O)O.CCCCC(=O)O Chemical compound CCCC(=O)O.CCCCC(=O)O SZORMCBRRGPWKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HDNRBELSHDYLQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCCOC(=O)CCC(=O)COC Chemical compound CCCOC(=O)CCC(=O)COC HDNRBELSHDYLQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SBJKLBMVVHKFNQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M COC(=O)NCC(=O)[O-].[Na+] Chemical compound COC(=O)NCC(=O)[O-].[Na+] SBJKLBMVVHKFNQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- HTTJABKRGRZYRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Heparin Chemical compound OC1C(NC(=O)C)C(O)OC(COS(O)(=O)=O)C1OC1C(OS(O)(=O)=O)C(O)C(OC2C(C(OS(O)(=O)=O)C(OC3C(C(O)C(O)C(O3)C(O)=O)OS(O)(=O)=O)C(CO)O2)NS(O)(=O)=O)C(C(O)=O)O1 HTTJABKRGRZYRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010090613 Human Regular Insulin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000013266 Human Regular Insulin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- FYZPCMFQCNBYCY-WIWKJPBBSA-N Insulin degludec Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@H](NC(=O)CN)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@H]1CSSC[C@@H]2NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CSSC[C@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](Cc3c[nH]cn3)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@@H](N)Cc3ccccc3)C(C)C)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](Cc3c[nH]cn3)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](Cc3ccc(O)cc3)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CSSC[C@H](NC(=O)[C@H](Cc3ccc(O)cc3)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](Cc3ccc(O)cc3)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC2=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(O)=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](Cc2ccccc2)C(=O)N[C@@H](Cc2ccccc2)C(=O)N[C@@H](Cc2ccc(O)cc2)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N2CCC[C@H]2C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCNC(=O)CC[C@H](NC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C(O)=O)NC1=O)[C@@H](C)O)[C@@H](C)CC FYZPCMFQCNBYCY-WIWKJPBBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 2
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1 ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920001213 Polysorbate 20 Polymers 0.000 description 2
- REDPJOZSAHHIAO-JDNDXYCVSA-N [2H]CCCC.[2H]CCCCC Chemical compound [2H]CCCC.[2H]CCCCC REDPJOZSAHHIAO-JDNDXYCVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940087168 alpha tocopherol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 125000000637 arginyl group Chemical group N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)* 0.000 description 2
- 230000033228 biological regulation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229960000541 cetyl alcohol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000011026 diafiltration Methods 0.000 description 2
- DUVOZUPPHBRJJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 2-isocyanatoacetate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)CN=C=O DUVOZUPPHBRJJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000004665 fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 235000013305 food Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000012631 food intake Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920000669 heparin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229960002897 heparin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229940062714 humalog mix Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229940103471 humulin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000003116 impacting effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000007972 injectable composition Substances 0.000 description 2
- 108010050259 insulin degludec Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229960003948 insulin detemir Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229940127560 insulin pen Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 210000004731 jugular vein Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M leucinate Chemical compound CC(C)CC(N)C([O-])=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 235000012054 meals Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000010907 mechanical stirring Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000013081 microcrystal Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940043348 myristyl alcohol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229940103453 novolin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229940103468 novolog mix Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000000256 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010486 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920000136 polysorbate Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000003068 static effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960000984 tocofersolan Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 150000003611 tocopherol derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000001052 transient effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 2
- IMNIMPAHZVJRPE-UHFFFAOYSA-N triethylenediamine Chemical compound C1CN2CCN1CC2 IMNIMPAHZVJRPE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000005303 weighing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000004835 α-tocopherol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000002076 α-tocopherol Substances 0.000 description 2
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-REOHCLBHSA-N (2S)-2-Amino-3-hydroxypropansäure Chemical compound OC[C@H](N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GYSCBCSGKXNZRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-benzothiophene-2-carboxamide Chemical compound C1=CC=C2SC(C(=O)N)=CC2=C1 GYSCBCSGKXNZRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004475 Arginine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000006538 C11 alkyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- AFXUWISAUUUJFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCC(=O)NCCCC(=O)COC Chemical compound CCC(=O)NCCCC(=O)COC AFXUWISAUUUJFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DBSHDYJWJVRPFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCC(=O)OCCOCCCC(=O)COC Chemical compound CCC(=O)OCCOCCCC(=O)COC DBSHDYJWJVRPFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- URTAYPDHSZSFKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCCOC(=O)C(CC(=O)COC)CC1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound CCCOC(=O)C(CC(=O)COC)CC1=CC=CC=C1 URTAYPDHSZSFKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SRJQTCUSDAFIEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCCOC(=O)CC(CC(=O)CNC(=O)OC)C(=O)OCCC Chemical compound CCCOC(=O)CC(CC(=O)CNC(=O)OC)C(=O)OCCC SRJQTCUSDAFIEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BDLNRBISEUJVEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCCOC(=O)CCC(=O)CCC(=O)OC Chemical compound CCCOC(=O)CCC(=O)CCC(=O)OC BDLNRBISEUJVEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JDRMYOQETPMYQX-UHFFFAOYSA-M COC(=O)CCC(=O)[O-].[Na+] Chemical compound COC(=O)CCC(=O)[O-].[Na+] JDRMYOQETPMYQX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- MTAHYECSNZXAGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N COCC(=O)CC(CC1=CC=CC=C1)C(=O)OCCC(C)CC(C)C Chemical compound COCC(=O)CC(CC1=CC=CC=C1)C(=O)OCCC(C)CC(C)C MTAHYECSNZXAGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 244000265913 Crataegus laevigata Species 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GHVNFZFCNZKVNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Decanoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCC(O)=O GHVNFZFCNZKVNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101800000224 Glucagon-like peptide 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000005561 Human Isophane Insulin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010084048 Human Isophane Insulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000013016 Hypoglycemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000036770 Islet Amyloid Polypeptide Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010041872 Islet Amyloid Polypeptide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010081368 Isophane Insulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000005237 Isophane Insulin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-GBXIJSLDSA-N L-threonine Chemical compound C[C@@H](O)[C@H](N)C(O)=O AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-GBXIJSLDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 1
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Serine Natural products OCC(N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-DYCDLGHISA-M Sodium hydroxide-d Chemical compound [Na+].[2H][O-] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-DYCDLGHISA-M 0.000 description 1
- AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Threonine Natural products CC(O)C(N)C(O)=O AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004473 Threonine Substances 0.000 description 1
- MGCINJSNTJNEDD-SUUILICFSA-N [H][C@@]12CC=C3C[C@@H](OC(=O)C(CC(=O)CNC(=O)OC)CC(C)C)CC[C@]3(C)[C@@]1([H])CC[C@@]1(C)[C@@]2([H])CC[C@]1([H])[C@H](C)CCCC(C)C Chemical compound [H][C@@]12CC=C3C[C@@H](OC(=O)C(CC(=O)CNC(=O)OC)CC(C)C)CC[C@]3(C)[C@@]1([H])CC[C@@]1(C)[C@@]2([H])CC[C@]1([H])[C@H](C)CCCC(C)C MGCINJSNTJNEDD-SUUILICFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RRUDYIVABHXBFY-MKZXXSTBSA-N [H][C@@]12CC=C3C[C@@H](OC(=O)C(CC(=O)COC)CC(C)C)CC[C@]3(C)[C@@]1([H])CC[C@@]1(C)[C@@]2([H])CC[C@]1([H])[C@H](C)CCCC(C)C Chemical compound [H][C@@]12CC=C3C[C@@H](OC(=O)C(CC(=O)COC)CC(C)C)CC[C@]3(C)[C@@]1([H])CC[C@@]1(C)[C@@]2([H])CC[C@]1([H])[C@H](C)CCCC(C)C RRUDYIVABHXBFY-MKZXXSTBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WDGBIXHCDWVEBY-LLHZKFLPSA-N [H][C@@]12CC=C3C[C@@H](OC(=O)NCCCC(=O)COC)CC[C@]3(C)[C@@]1([H])CC[C@@]1(C)[C@@]2([H])CC[C@]1([H])[C@H](C)CCCC(C)C Chemical compound [H][C@@]12CC=C3C[C@@H](OC(=O)NCCCC(=O)COC)CC[C@]3(C)[C@@]1([H])CC[C@@]1(C)[C@@]2([H])CC[C@]1([H])[C@H](C)CCCC(C)C WDGBIXHCDWVEBY-LLHZKFLPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007900 aqueous suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N arginine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCCNC(N)=N ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000613 asparagine group Chemical group N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006227 byproduct Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004899 c-terminal region Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000002091 cationic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000002738 chelating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013065 commercial product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012937 correction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006240 deamidation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000007865 diluting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 1
- RIFGWPKJUGCATF-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl chloroformate Chemical compound CCOC(Cl)=O RIFGWPKJUGCATF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003629 gastrointestinal hormone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002641 glycemic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000003630 glycyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 230000002440 hepatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000013632 homeostatic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012456 homogeneous solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 201000001421 hyperglycemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940102988 levemir Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011859 microparticle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000010413 mother solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001419 myristoyl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- WQEPLUUGTLDZJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Pentadecanoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O WQEPLUUGTLDZJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000422 nocturnal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000496 pancreas Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008363 phosphate buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001766 physiological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229950008882 polysorbate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000000291 postprandial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001376 precipitating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005215 recombination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006798 recombination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000004400 serine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000007086 side reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004088 simulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000011888 snacks Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- BEOOHQFXGBMRKU-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium cyanoborohydride Chemical compound [Na+].[B-]C#N BEOOHQFXGBMRKU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000006641 stabilisation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011105 stabilization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005477 standard model Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N succinic acid Chemical group OC(=O)CCC(O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013268 sustained release Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012730 sustained-release form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000008521 threonine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
- A61K38/16—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
- A61K38/17—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
- A61K38/22—Hormones
- A61K38/28—Insulins
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/70—Carbohydrates; Sugars; Derivatives thereof
- A61K31/715—Polysaccharides, i.e. having more than five saccharide radicals attached to each other by glycosidic linkages; Derivatives thereof, e.g. ethers, esters
- A61K31/716—Glucans
- A61K31/721—Dextrans
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
- A61K38/16—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
- A61K38/17—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
- A61K38/22—Hormones
- A61K38/26—Glucagons
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
- A61K47/30—Macromolecular organic or inorganic compounds, e.g. inorganic polyphosphates
- A61K47/36—Polysaccharides; Derivatives thereof, e.g. gums, starch, alginate, dextrin, hyaluronic acid, chitosan, inulin, agar or pectin
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K9/0012—Galenical forms characterised by the site of application
- A61K9/0019—Injectable compositions; Intramuscular, intravenous, arterial, subcutaneous administration; Compositions to be administered through the skin in an invasive manner
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K9/08—Solutions
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
- A61P3/08—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
- A61P3/10—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K2300/00—Mixtures or combinations of active ingredients, wherein at least one active ingredient is fully defined in groups A61K31/00 - A61K41/00
Definitions
- the invention relates to therapies by injection of insulin(s) for treating diabetes.
- Insulin therapy or diabetes therapy by injecting insulin, has made remarkable progress in recent years by virtue especially of the development of novel insulins that offer correction of patients' glycaemia, which enables better simulation of the physiological activity of the pancreas.
- prandial insulins or rapid-acting insulins
- basal insulins or slow-acting insulins
- Prandial insulins allow rapid management (metabolization and/or storage) of the glucose provided by meals and snacks.
- the patient must inject a prandial insulin before each food intake, i.e. about 2 to 3 injections per day.
- the prandial insulins most commonly used are: the recombinant human insulin, NovoLog® (aspart insulin from Novo Nordisk), Humalog® (lispro insulin from Eli Lilly) and Apidra® (glulisine insulin from Sanofi-Aventis).
- Basal insulins maintain the patient's glycaemic homeostasis, outside periods of food intake. They act essentially by blocking the endogenous production of glucose (hepatic glucose).
- the daily dose of basal insulin generally corresponds to 40-50% of the total daily insulin needs. Depending on the basal insulin used, this dose is dispensed in 1 or 2 injections, regularly distributed throughout the day.
- the basal insulins most commonly used are Levemir® (detemir insulin from Novo Nordisk) and Lantus® (glargine insulin from Sanofi-Aventis).
- NPH NPH insulin, for Neutral Protamine Hagedorn; Humuline NPH®, Insulatard®
- This formulation is the result of a precipitation of human insulin (anionic at neutral pH) with a cationic protein, protamine.
- These microcrystals are dispersed in an aqueous suspension and dissolve slowly after subcutaneous injection. This slow dissolution ensures sustained release of the insulin. However, this release does not ensure a constant concentration of insulin over time.
- the release profile is bell-shaped and lasts only between 12 and 16 hours. It is thus injected twice a day.
- This NPH basal insulin is much less efficient than the modern basal insulins Levemir® and Lantus®.
- NPH is an intermediate-acting basal insulin.
- NPH The principle of NPH changed with the appearance of rapid insulin analogues to give “Premix” products that afford both rapid action and intermediate action.
- NovoLog Mix® Novo Nordisk
- Humalog Mix® Eli Lilly
- These formulations thus contain microcrystals of insulin whose action is said to be intermediate, and a proportion of insulin which has remained soluble, whose action is rapid.
- These formulations do indeed offer the advantage of a rapid insulin, but they also have the defect of NPH, i.e. a duration of action limited to between 12 and 16 hours and a bell-shaped release of insulin.
- these products enable the patient to carry out a single injection of an intermediate-acting basal insulin with a rapid-acting prandial insulin. In point of fact, many patients are desirous to reduce their number of injections.
- the basal insulins currently marketed and currently under clinical development may be categorized as a function of the technical solution for obtaining sustained action, and two approaches are used at the present time.
- the first, that of insulin detemir, is the binding to albumin in vivo. It is an analogue, soluble at pH 7, which comprises a fatty acid (tetradecanoyl) side chain attached to position B29 which, in vivo, enables this insulin to combine with albumin. Its sustained action is mainly due to this affinity for albumin after subcutaneous injection.
- Degludec® also comprises a fatty acid side chain attached to insulin (hexadecandioyl- ⁇ -L-Glu).
- the second, that of insulin glargine, is the precipitation at physiological pH.
- This is an analogue of human insulin obtained by elongation of the C-terminal part of the B chain of human insulin with two arginine residues, and by substitution of the asparagine residue A21 with a glycine residue (U.S. Pat. No. 5,656,722).
- the addition of the two arginine residues was conceived to adjust the pI (isoelectric point) of insulin glargine at physiological pH, and thus make this insulin analogue insoluble in physiological medium.
- A21 The substitution of A21 was conceived in order to make insulin glargine stable at acidic pH and thus to be able to formulate it in the form of an injectable solution at acidic pH.
- an acidic pH pH 4-4.5
- a physiological pH neutral pH
- the slow redissolution of the insulin glargine microparticles ensures a slow and sustained action.
- hypoglycaemic effect of insulin glargine is virtually constant over a period of 24 hours, which allows the majority of patients to limit themselves to a single injection per day.
- Insulin glargine is nowadays considered as the best basal insulin marketed.
- the acidic pH of the formulations of basal insulins the isoelectric point of which is between 5.8 and 8.5, of insulin glargine type, prevents any pharmaceutical combination with other proteins and in particular prandial insulins, since the latter are unstable at acidic pH.
- basal insulins of insulin glargine type, outlined above, namely that they are soluble at acidic pH and precipitate at physiological pH, dissuades a person skilled in the art from any solution in which insulin of insulin glargine type would be dissolved at pH 6-8 while maintaining its essential property, which is that of precipitating in subcutaneous medium.
- the impossibility of formulating a prandial insulin, at acidic pH arises from the fact that a prandial insulin undergoes, under these conditions, a deamidation side reaction in position A21; this does not make it possible to satisfy the requirement of the US Pharmacopeia, namely less than 5% of by-product after 4 weeks at 30° C.
- this acidic pH of formulations of basal insulins the isoelectric point of which is between 5.8 and 8.5, of insulin glargine type, even prevents any extemporaneous combination with prandial insulins at neutral pH.
- the instructions for use for Lantus® the commercial product based on insulin glargine from the company Sanofi-Aventis, explicitly indicates to users that they should not mix it with a solution of prandial insulin, whichever it may be, on account of the serious risk of modifying the pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics of the insulin glargine and/or of the mixed prandial insulin.
- compositions comprising a basal insulin and a prandial insulin at a pH of between 3.0 and 4.2 in the presence of a chelating agent and polyacids.
- This patent teaches how to make a prandial insulin compatible at acidic pH in the presence of an insulin of insulin glargine type. It does not teach how to prepare a combination of insulin of insulin glargine type and of a prandial insulin at neutral pH.
- compositions according to the invention make it possible to dissolve, at pH 7, a basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5.
- compositions according to the invention allow maintenance of the duration of the hypoglycaemic activity of the basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5, despite its dissolution at pH 7 before injection.
- This noteworthy property arises from the fact that the insulin of insulin glargine type dissolved at pH 7 in the composition of the invention precipitates in subcutaneous medium by means of a change of composition of the medium.
- the factor triggering the precipitation of the insulin of insulin glargine type is no longer the pH modification, but a modification of composition of the environment during the passage of the pharmaceutical composition into the physiological medium.
- the rapid action of the prandial insulin is preserved despite the precipitation of the insulin of insulin glargine type in subcutaneous medium.
- the invention relates to a composition in the form of an injectable aqueous solution, the pH of which is between 6.0 and 8.0, comprising at least:
- the -(f-[A]-COOH) n radical is such that:
- the -(g-[B]-k-[D]) m radical is such that:
- the -(f-[A]-COOH) n radical is such that:
- the dextran substituted by radicals carrying carboxylate charges and hydrophobic radicals is of formula III:
- the dextran substituted by radicals carrying carboxylate charges and hydrophobic radicals is of formula IV:
- the structure drawn corresponds to the representation commonly used to represent dextran, which is a polysaccharide predominantly composed of (1,6) linkages between glucoside units, which is the representation adopted.
- Dextran also comprises (1,3) linkages at approximately 5% in general, which are deliberately not represented but which are, of course, included within the scope of the invention.
- basic insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5 is understood to mean an insulin which is insoluble at pH 7 and which has a duration of action of between 8 and 24 hours or more in the standard models of diabetes.
- basal insulins whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5 are recombinant insulins, the primary structure of which has been modified mainly by introduction of basic amino acids, such as arginine or lysine. They are described, for example, in the following patents, patent applications or publications: WO 2003/053339, WO 2004/096854, U.S. Pat. No. 5,656,722 and U.S. Pat. No. 6,100,376.
- the basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5 is insulin glargine.
- compositions according to the invention comprise 100 IU/ml (i.e., approximately 3.6 mg/ml) of basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5.
- compositions according to the invention comprise 40 IU/ml of basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5.
- compositions according to the invention comprise 200 IU/ml of basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5.
- compositions according to the invention comprise 300 IU/ml of basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5.
- compositions according to the invention comprise 400 IU/ml of basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5.
- compositions according to the invention comprise 500 IU/ml of basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5.
- the ratio by weight of the basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5 to the substituted dextran, i.e. substituted dextran/basal insulin, is between 0.2 and 5.
- the ratio by weight of the basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5 to the substituted dextran, i.e. substituted dextran/basal insulin, is between 0.2 and 4.
- the ratio by weight of the basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5 to the substituted dextran, i.e. substituted dextran/basal insulin, is between 0.2 and 3.
- the ratio by weight of the basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5 to the substituted dextran, i.e. substituted dextran/basal insulin, is between 0.5 and 3.
- the ratio by weight of the basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5 to the substituted dextran, i.e. substituted dextran/basal insulin, is between 0.8 and 3.
- the ratio by weight of the basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5 to the substituted dextran, i.e. substituted dextran/basal insulin, is between 1 and 3.
- the concentration of substituted dextran is between 1 and 100 mg/ml.
- the concentration of substituted dextran is between 1 and 80 mg/ml.
- the concentration of substituted dextran is between 1 and 60 mg/ml.
- the concentration of substituted dextran is between 1 and 50 mg/ml.
- the concentration of substituted dextran is between 1 and 30 mg/ml.
- the concentration of substituted dextran is between 1 and 20 mg/ml.
- the concentration of substituted dextran is between 1 and 10 mg/ml.
- the concentration of polysaccharide is between 5 and 20 mg/ml.
- the concentration of polysaccharide is between 5 and 10 mg/ml.
- compositions according to the invention additionally comprise a prandial insulin.
- Prandial insulins are soluble at pH 7.
- prandial insulin is understood to mean a “rapid” or “regular” insulin.
- Rapid prandial insulins are insulins which must meet the needs brought about by the ingestion of proteins and carbohydrates during a meal; they have to act in less than 30 minutes.
- “regular” prandial insulins are chosen from the group consisting of Humulin® (human insulin) and Novolin® (human insulin).
- “Fast-acting” prandial insulins are insulins which are obtained by recombination and which are modified in order to reduce their action time.
- “fast-acting” prandial insulins are chosen from the group consisting of insulin lispro (Humalog®), insulin glulisine (Apidra®) and insulin aspart (NovoLog®).
- compositions according to the invention comprise, in total, 100 IU/ml (i.e., approximately 3.6 mg/ml) of insulin with a combination of prandial insulin and basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5.
- compositions according to the invention comprise, in total, 40 IU/ml of insulin with a combination of prandial insulin and basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5.
- compositions according to the invention comprise, in total, 200 IU/ml of insulin with a combination of prandial insulin and basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5.
- compositions according to the invention comprise, in total, 300 IU/ml of insulin with a combination of prandial insulin and basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5.
- compositions according to the invention comprise, in total, 400 IU/ml of insulin with a combination of prandial insulin and basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5.
- compositions according to the invention comprise, in total, 500 IU/ml of insulin with a combination of prandial insulin and basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5.
- compositions according to the invention comprise, in total, 600 IU/ml of insulin with a combination of prandial insulin and basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5.
- compositions according to the invention comprise, in total, 700 IU/ml of insulin with a combination of prandial insulin and basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5.
- compositions according to the invention comprise, in total, 800 IU/ml of insulin with a combination of prandial insulin and basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5.
- the proportions between the basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5 and the prandial insulin, expressed as percentage with respect to the total amount of insulin, are, for example, 25/75, 30/70, 40/60, 50/50, 60/40, 70/30, 80/20 and 90/10 for the formulations as described above from 40 to 800 IU/ml. However, any other proportion can be produced.
- the proportions between the basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5 and the prandial insulin are, for example, in IU/ml, 25/75, 30/70, 40/60, 50/50, 60/40, 70/30, 80/20 or 90/10. However, any other proportion can be produced.
- the composition according to the invention additionally comprises a GLP-1, a GLP-1 analogue or a GLP-1 derivative.
- the GLP-1 analogues or derivatives are chosen from the group consisting of exenatide or Byetta®, developed by Eli Lilly & Co and Amylin Pharmaceuticals, liraglutide or Victoza® developed by Novo Nordisk, or lixisenatide or Lyxumia® developed by Sanofi, their analogues or derivatives and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
- the GLP-1 analogue or derivative is exenatide or Byetta®, its analogues or derivatives and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
- the GLP-1 analogue or derivative is liraglutide or Victoza®, its analogues or derivatives and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
- the GLP-1 analogue or derivative is lixisenatide or Lyxumia®, its analogues or derivatives and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
- analogue is understood to mean, when it is used with reference to a peptide or a protein, a peptide or a protein in which one or more constituent amino acid residues have been replaced by other amino acid residues and/or from which one or more constituent amino acid residues have been deleted and/or to which one or more constituent amino acid residues have been added.
- the percentage of homology accepted for the present definition of an analogue is 50%.
- derivative is understood to mean, when it is used with reference to a peptide or protein, a peptide or a protein or an analogue chemically modified by a substituent which is not present in the reference peptide or protein or analogue, that is to stay a peptide or a protein which has been modified by creation of covalent bonds, in order to introduce substituents.
- the concentration of GLP-1, of GLP-1 analogue or of GLP-1 derivative is within a range from 0.01 to 10 mg/ml.
- the concentration of exenatide, its analogues or derivatives and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts is within a range from 0.05 to 0.5 mg/ml.
- the concentration of liraglutide, its analogues or derivatives and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts is within a range from 1 to 10 mg/ml.
- the concentration of lixisenatide, its analogues or derivatives and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts is within a range from 0.01 to 1 mg/ml.
- compositions according to the invention are produced by mixing commercial solutions of basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5 and commercial solutions of GLP-1, of GLP-1 analogue or of GLP-1 derivative in ratios by volume within a range from 10/90 to 90/10.
- the composition according to the invention comprises a daily dose of basal insulin and a daily dose of GLP-1, GLP-1 analogue or GLP-1 derivative.
- compositions according to the invention comprise 500 IU/ml of basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5 and from 0.05 to 0.5 mg/ml of exenatide.
- compositions according to the invention comprise 500 IU/ml of basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5 and from 1 to 10 mg/ml of liraglutide.
- compositions according to the invention comprise 500 IU/ml of basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5 and from 0.05 to 0.5 mg/ml of lixisenatide.
- compositions according to the invention comprise 100 IU/ml of basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5 and from 0.05 to 0.5 mg/ml of exenatide.
- compositions according to the invention comprise 100 IU/ml of basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5 and from 1 to 10 mg/ml of liraglutide.
- compositions according to the invention comprise 100 IU/ml of basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5 and from 0.05 to 0.5 mg/ml of lixisenatide.
- compositions according to the invention comprise 40 IU/ml of basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5 and from 0.05 à 0.5 mg/ml of exenatide.
- compositions according to the invention comprise 40 IU/ml of basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5 and from 1 to 10 mg/ml of liraglutide.
- compositions according to the invention comprise 40 IU/ml of basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5 and from 0.05 à 0.5 mg/ml of lixisenatide.
- compositions according to the invention comprise 200 IU/ml of basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5 and from 0.05 to 0.5 mg/ml of exenatide.
- compositions according to the invention comprise 200 IU/ml of basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5 and from 1 to 10 mg/ml of liraglutide.
- compositions according to the invention comprise 200 IU/ml of basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5 and from 0.05 to 0.5 mg/ml of lixisenatide.
- compositions according to the invention additionally comprise zinc salts at a concentration of between 0 and 5000 ⁇ M.
- compositions according to the invention additionally comprise zinc salts at a concentration of between 50 and 4000 ⁇ M.
- compositions according to the invention additionally comprise zinc salts at a concentration of between 200 and 3000 ⁇ M.
- compositions according to the invention additionally comprise zinc salts at a concentration of between 0 and 1000 ⁇ M.
- compositions according to the invention additionally comprise zinc salts at a concentration of between 20 and 600 ⁇ M.
- compositions according to the invention additionally comprise zinc salts at a concentration of between 50 and 500 ⁇ M.
- compositions according to the invention comprise buffers chosen from the group consisting of Tris, citrates and phosphates at concentrations of between 0 and 100 mM, preferably between 0 and 50 mM or between 15 and 50 mM.
- compositions according to the invention additionally comprise preservatives.
- the preservatives are chosen from the group consisting of m-cresol and phenol, alone or as a mixture.
- the concentration of the preservatives is between 10 and 50 mM.
- the concentration of the preservatives is between 10 and 40 mM.
- compositions according to the invention can additionally comprise additives, such as tonicity agents, such as glycerol, NaCl, mannitol and glycine.
- additives such as tonicity agents, such as glycerol, NaCl, mannitol and glycine.
- compositions according to the invention can additionally comprise additives in accordance with the pharmacopoeias, such as surfactants, for example polysorbate.
- surfactants for example polysorbate.
- compositions according to the invention can additionally comprise all the excipients in accordance with the pharmacopoeias which are compatible with the insulins used at the concentrations of use.
- 0.7 ⁇ n ⁇ 1.5 In one embodiment, 0.7 ⁇ n ⁇ 1.5.
- the -(f-[A]-COOH) n radical is chosen from the group consisting of the following sequences, f having the meaning given above:
- the -(g-[B]-k-[D]) m radical is chosen from the group consisting of the following sequences, g, k and D having the meanings given above:
- D is such that the X radical is an at least divalent radical resulting from an amino acid.
- D is such that the X radical is an at least divalent radical resulting from an amino acid chosen from the group consisting of glycine, leucine, phenylalanine, lysine, isoleucine, alanine, valine, aspartic acid and glutamic acid.
- radicals resulting from amino acids can be either laevorotatory or dextrorotatory.
- D is such that the X radical is an at least divalent radical resulting from a mono- or polyethylene glycol.
- D is such that the X radical is an at least divalent radical resulting from ethylene glycol.
- D is such that the X radical is an at least divalent radical resulting from a polyethylene glycol chosen from the group consisting of diethylene glycol and triethylene glycol.
- D is such that the X radical is an at least divalent radical resulting from a mono- or polyethylene glycol amine.
- D is such that the X radical is an at least divalent radical resulting from a mono- or polyethylene glycol amine chosen from the group consisting of ethanolamine, diethylene glycol amine and triethylene glycol amine.
- D is such that the X radical is an at least divalent radical resulting from a mono- or polyethylene glycol diamine.
- D is such that the X radical is an at least divalent radical resulting from ethylenediamine.
- D is such that the X radical is an at least divalent radical resulting from a mono- or polyethylene glycol diamine chosen from the group consisting of diethylene glycol diamine and triethylene glycol diamine.
- D is such that the Y group is an alkyl group resulting from a hydrophobic alcohol.
- D is such that the Y group is an alkyl group resulting from a hydrophobic alcohol chosen from the group consisting of octanol (capryl alcohol), 3,7-dimethyloctan-1-ol, decanol (decyl alcohol), dodecanol (lauryl alcohol), tetradecanol (myristyl alcohol) and hexadecanol (cetyl alcohol).
- a hydrophobic alcohol chosen from the group consisting of octanol (capryl alcohol), 3,7-dimethyloctan-1-ol, decanol (decyl alcohol), dodecanol (lauryl alcohol), tetradecanol (myristyl alcohol) and hexadecanol (cetyl alcohol).
- D is such that the Y group is an alkyl group resulting from a hydrophobic acid.
- D is such that the Y group is an alkyl group resulting from a hydrophobic acid chosen from the group consisting of decanoic acid, dodecanoic acid, tetradecanoic acid and hexadecanoic acid.
- D is such that the Y group is a group resulting from a sterol.
- D is such that the Y group is a group resulting from a sterol chosen from the group consisting of cholesterol and its derivatives.
- D is such that the Y group is a group resulting from a tocopherol.
- D is such that the Y group is a group resulting from a tocopherol derivative chosen from the racemate, the L isomer or the D isomer of ⁇ -tocopherol.
- D is such that the X radical results from ethylenediamine, the Y group results from dodecanoic acid and the functional group l is an amide functional group.
- the E radical is an at least divalent radical resulting from an amino acid chosen from the group consisting of glycine, leucine, phenylalanine, lysine, isoleucine, alanine, valine, serine, threonine, aspartic acid and glutamic acid.
- radicals resulting from amino acids can be either laevorotatory or dextrorotatory.
- the E radical is an at least divalent radical resulting from a mono- or polyethylene glycol amine.
- the E radical is an at least divalent radical resulting from a mono- or polyethylene glycol amine chosen from the group consisting of ethanolamine, diethylene glycol amine and triethylene glycol amine.
- the E radical is an at least divalent radical resulting from a mono- or polyethylene glycol diamine.
- the E radical is an at least divalent radical resulting from ethylenediamine.
- the E radical is an at least divalent radical resulting from a mono- or polyethylene glycol diamine chosen from the group consisting of diethylene glycol diamine and triethylene glycol diamine.
- the F group is an alkyl group resulting from a hydrophobic alcohol.
- the F group is a group resulting from a hydrophobic alcohol chosen from the group consisting of dodecanol (lauryl alcohol), tetradecanol (myristyl alcohol) and hexadecanol (cetyl alcohol).
- the F group is a group resulting from a hydrophobic acid.
- the F group is a group resulting from a hydrophobic acid chosen from the group consisting of dodecanoic acid, tetradecanoic acid and hexadecanoic acid.
- the F group is a group resulting from a sterol.
- the F group is a group resulting from a sterol chosen from the group consisting of cholesterol and its derivatives.
- the F group is a group resulting from a tocopherol.
- the F group is a group resulting from a tocopherol derivative chosen from the racemate, the L isomer or the D isomer of ⁇ -tocopherol.
- compositions according to the invention comprise a dextran chosen from the group consisting of the following dextrans of formula I, III or IV:
- compositions according to the invention comprise a dextran chosen from the group consisting of the dextran of the following formula II:
- the invention also relates to single-dose formulations at a pH of between 6.6 and 7.8 comprising a basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5 and a prandial insulin.
- the invention also relates to single-dose formulations at a pH of between 7 and 7.8 comprising a basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5 and a prandial insulin.
- the basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5 is insulin glargine.
- the prandial insulin is chosen from the group consisting of Humulin® (human insulin) and Novolin® (human insulin).
- the prandial insulin is chosen from the group consisting of insulin lispro (Humalog®), insulin glulisine (Apidra®) and insulin aspart (NovoLog®).
- the dissolution at a pH of between 7 and 7.8 of the basal insulins whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5 by the polysaccharides of formula I, II, III or IV can be observed and controlled in a simple way, with the naked eye, by virtue of a change in appearance of the solution.
- the preparation of a composition according to the invention exhibits the advantage of being able to be carried out by simple mixing of an aqueous solution of basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5, of a solution of prandial insulin and of a polysaccharide of formula I, II, III or IV in aqueous solution or in the lyophilized form. If necessary, the pH of the preparation is adjusted to pH 7.
- composition according to the invention exhibits the advantage of being able to be carried out by simple mixing of an aqueous solution of basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5, of a polysaccharide of formula I, II, III or IV in aqueous solution or in the lyophilized form, and of a prandial insulin in aqueous solution or in the lyophilized form.
- the mixture of basal insulin and polysaccharide is concentrated by ultrafiltration before mixing with the prandial insulin in aqueous solution or in the lyophilized form.
- composition of the mixture is adjusted in excipients, such as glycerol, m-cresol, zinc chloride and tween, by addition of concentrated solutions of these excipients to the mixture. If necessary, the pH of the preparation is adjusted to 7.
- excipients such as glycerol, m-cresol, zinc chloride and tween
- FIGS. 1 to 6 present the results obtained in the form of pharmacodynamic curves for glucose.
- the axis of the ordinates represents the Dglucose (expressed in mM) as a function of the post-injection time (expressed in minutes).
- FIG. 1 Mean+standard deviation of the mean curves for the sequential administrations of Apidra® and Lantus® ( ⁇ ) in comparison with a composition according to the invention Polysaccharide 4/Lantus®/Apidra® (75/25) ( ⁇ ).
- FIG. 2 Apidra® Lantus® individual curves (tested on six pigs).
- FIG. 3 Polysaccharide 4/Apidra®/Lantus® individual curves (tested on six pigs).
- FIG. 4 Mean+standard deviation of the mean curves for the sequential administration of Humalog® and Lantus® ( ⁇ ) in comparison with the administration of a composition according to the invention Polysaccharide 4/Humalog®/Lantus® ( ⁇ ).
- FIG. 5 Humalog® Lantus® individual curves (tested on six pigs).
- FIG. 6 Polysaccharide 4/Humalog®/Lantus® individual curves (tested on five pigs).
- FIGS. 7 to 12 present the results obtained in the form of pharmacodynamic curves for glucose.
- the axis of the ordinates represents the Dglucose (expressed in mM) as a function of the post-injection time (expressed in hours).
- FIG. 7 Mean+standard deviation of the mean curves for the sequential administrations of Humalog® (100 IU/ml, 0.13 IU/kg) and Lantus® (100 IU/ml, 0.4 IU/kg) ( ), in comparison with a composition according to the invention described in Example B28 (0.53 IU/kg) ( ).
- FIG. 8 Mean+standard deviation of the mean curves for the sequential administrations of Humalog® (100 IU/ml, 0.13 IU/kg) and Lantus® (100 IU/ml, 0.4 IU/kg) ( ), in comparison with a composition according to the invention described in Example B27 (0.47 IU/kg) ( ).
- FIG. 9 Mean+standard deviation of the mean curves for the sequential administrations of Humalog® (100 IU/ml, 0.13 IU/kg) and Lantus® (100 IU/ml, 0.4 IU/kg) ( ), in comparison with a composition according to the invention described in Example B29 (0.53 IU/kg) ( ).
- FIG. 10 Mean+standard deviation of the mean curves for the sequential administrations of Humalog® (100 IU/ml, 0.13 IU/kg) and Lantus® (100 IU/ml, 0.4 IU/kg) ( ), in comparison with a composition according to the invention described in Example B31 (0.48 IU/kg) ( ).
- FIG. 11 Mean+standard deviation of the mean curves for the sequential administrations of Humalog® (100 IU/ml, 0.24 IU/kg) and Lantus® (100 IU/ml, 0.4 IU/kg) ( ), in comparison with a composition according to the invention described in Example B30 (0.64 IU/kg) ( ).
- FIG. 12 Mean+standard deviation of the mean curves for the sequential administrations of Humalog® (100 IU/ml, 0.13 IU/kg) and Lantus® (100 IU/ml, 0.4 IU/kg) ( ), in comparison with a composition according to the invention described in Example B32 (0.53 IU/kg) ( ).
- Table 1 presents, in a nonlimiting way, examples of polysaccharides which can be used in the compositions according to the invention.
- 30 ml of 10N NaOH (296 mmol) are added to the solution.
- the mixture is brought to 35° C. and then 46 g (396 mmol) of sodium chloroacetate are added.
- the temperature of the reaction mixture is brought to 60° C. at 0.5° C./min and then maintained at 60° C. for 100 minutes.
- the reaction medium is diluted with 200 ml of water, neutralized with acetic acid and purified by ultrafiltration through a 5 kDa PES membrane against 6 volumes of water.
- the final solution is assayed by dry extract, to determine the concentration of polysaccharide, and then assayed by acid/base titration in 50/50 (V/V) water/acetone, to determine the mean number of methylcarboxylate units per glucoside unit.
- the mean number of methylcarboxylate units per glucoside unit is 1.1.
- the sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate solution is passed through a Purolite resin (anionic) in order to obtain dextranmethylcarboxylic acid, which is subsequently lyophilized for 18 hours.
- a Purolite resin anionic
- Octyl glycinate, para-toluenesulphonic acid salt is obtained according to the process described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,826,818.
- the octyl glycinate suspension is added.
- the medium is subsequently maintained at 10° C. for 45 minutes.
- the medium is subsequently heated to 30° C.
- a solution of imidazole (10.38 g in 17 ml of water) and 52 ml of water are added to the reaction medium.
- the polysaccharide solution is ultrafiltered through a 10 kDa PES membrane against 15 volumes of 0.9% NaCl solution and 5 volumes of water.
- the concentration of the polysaccharide solution is determined by dry extract.
- a fraction of solution is lyophilized and analyzed by 1 H NMR in D 2 O in order to determine the degree of substitution of the methylcarboxylates to give octyl glycinate per glucoside unit.
- Cetyl glycinate, para-toluenesulphonic acid salt is obtained according to the process described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,826,818.
- a sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate, synthesized according to the process described in Example A1 using a dextran with a weight-average molecular weight of approximately 5 kg/mol (q 19, Pharmacosmos), modified by cetyl glycinate, is obtained by a process similar to that described in Example A1.
- Octyl phenylalaninate, para-toluenesulphonic acid salt is obtained according to the process described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,826,818.
- a sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate, synthesized according to the process described in Example A1 using a dextran with a weight-average molecular weight of approximately 5 kg/mol (q 19, Pharmacosmos), modified by octyl phenylalaninate, is obtained by a process similar to that described in Example A3.
- a sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate, synthesized according to the process described in Example A1 using a dextran with a weight-average molecular weight of approximately 10 kg/mol (q 38, Pharmacosmos), modified by 3,7-dimethyl-1-octyl phenylalaninate, is obtained by a process similar to that described in Example A1.
- Dioctyl aspartate, para-toluenesulphonic acid salt is obtained according to the process described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,826,818.
- a sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate, synthesized according to the process described in Example A1 using a dextran with a weight-average molecular weight of approximately 10 kg/mol (q 38, Pharmacosmos), modified by dioctyl aspartate, is obtained by a process similar to that described in Example A1.
- Dilauryl aspartate, para-toluenesulphonic acid salt is obtained according to the process described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,826,818.
- N-(2-aminoethyl)dodecanamide is obtained according to the process described in U.S. Pat. No. 2,387,201, from the methyl ester of dodecanoic acid (Sigma) and ethylenediamine (Roth).
- Lauryl glycinate, para-toluenesulphonic acid salt is obtained according to the process described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,826,818.
- a sodium dextransuccinate modified by lauryl glycinate is obtained by a process similar to that described in Example A1.
- Dioctyl aspartate, para-toluenesulphonic acid salt is obtained according to the process described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,826,818.
- the final solution is assayed by dry extract, to determine the concentration of polysaccharide; and then assayed by acid/base titration in 50/50 (V/V) water/acetone, to determine the mean number de N-methylcarboxylate carbamate units per glucoside unit.
- the mean number of N-methylcarboxylate carbamate units per glucoside unit is 1.4.
- N-(sodium methylcarboxylate) dextran carbamate modified by dioctyl aspartate is obtained by a process similar to that described in Example A1.
- Dilauryl aspartate, para-toluenesulphonic acid salt is obtained according to the process described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,826,818.
- a sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate, synthesized according to the process described in Example A1 using a dextran with a weight-average molecular weight of approximately 1 kg/mol (q 4, Pharmacosmos), modified by dilauryl aspartate, is obtained by a process similar to that described in Example A1.
- 2-(2-aminoethoxy)ethyl dodecanoate, para-toluenesulphonic acid salt is obtained according to the process described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,826,818.
- 2-(2- ⁇ 2-[dodecanoylamino]ethoxy ⁇ ethoxy)ethylamine is obtained according to the process described in U.S. Pat. No. 2,387,201, from the methyl ester of dodecanoic acid (Sigma) and triethylene glycol diamine (Huntsman).
- a sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate, synthesized according to the process described in Example A1 using a dextran with a weight-average molecular weight of approximately 10 kg/mol (q 38, Pharmacosmos), modified by 2-(2- ⁇ 2-[dodecanoylamino]ethoxy ⁇ ethoxy)ethylamine, is obtained by a process similar to that described in Example A1.
- 2-(2- ⁇ 2-[hexadecanoylamino]ethoxy ⁇ ethoxy)ethylamine is obtained, according to the process described in U.S. Pat. No. 2,387,201, from the methyl ester of palmitic acid (Sigma) and triethylene glycol diamine (Huntsman).
- Cetyl glycinate, para-toluenesulphonic acid salt is obtained according to the process described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,826,818.
- the final solution is assayed by dry extract, to determine the polysaccharide concentration, and then assayed by acid/base titration in 50/50 (V/V) water/acetone, to determine the mean number of methylcarboxylate units per glucoside unit.
- the mean number of methylcarboxylate units per glucoside unit is 0.42.
- the sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate solution is passed through a Purolite resin (anionic) in order to obtain dextranmethylcarboxylic acid, which is subsequently lyophilized for 18 hours.
- a Purolite resin anionic
- Cetyl glycinate, para-toluenesulphonic acid salt is obtained according to the process described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,826,818.
- a sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate modified by cetyl glycinate is obtained by a process similar to that described in Example A1.
- the final solution is assayed by dry extract, to determine the polysaccharide concentration, and then assayed by acid/base titration in 50/50 (V/V) water/acetone, to determine the mean number of methylcarboxylate units per glucoside unit.
- the mean number of methylcarboxylate units per glucoside unit is 1.65.
- the sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate solution is passed through a Purolite resin (anionic) in order to obtain dextranmethylcarboxylic acid, which is subsequently lyophilized for 18 hours.
- a Purolite resin anionic
- Cholesteryl leucinate, para-toluenesulphonic acid salt is obtained according to the process described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,826,818.
- a sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate modified by cholesteryl leucinate is obtained by a process similar to that described in Example A1.
- a sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate, synthesized according to the process described in Example A1 using a dextran with a weight-average molecular weight of approximately 5 kg/mol (q 19, Pharmacosmos), modified by cholesteryl leucinate, is obtained by a process similar to that described in Example A1.
- the final solution is assayed by dry extract, to determine the polysaccharide concentration, and then assayed by acid/base titration in 50/50 (V/V) water/acetone, to determine the mean number of methylcarboxylate units per glucoside unit.
- the mean number of methylcarboxylate units per glucoside unit is 0.70.
- the sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate solution is passed through a Purolite resin (anionic) in order to obtain dextranmethylcarboxylic acid, which is subsequently lyophilized for 18 hours.
- a Purolite resin anionic
- a sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate modified by cholesteryl leucinate is obtained by a process similar to that described in Example A1.
- 30 ml of 10N NaOH (296 mmol) are added to this solution.
- the mixture is brought to 35° C. and then 18 g (158 mmol) of sodium chloroacetate are added.
- the temperature of the reaction medium is gradually brought to 60° C. and then maintained at 60° C. for 100 minutes.
- the reaction medium is diluted with water, neutralized with acetic acid and purified by ultrafiltration through a 1 kDa PES membrane against water.
- the final solution is assayed by dry extract, to determine the polysaccharide concentration, and then assayed by acid/base titration in 50/50 (V/V) water/acetone, to determine the mean number of methylcarboxylate units per glucoside unit.
- the mean number of methylcarboxylate units per glucoside unit is 0.50.
- the sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate solution is passed through a Purolite resin (anionic) in order to obtain dextranmethylcarboxylic acid, which is subsequently lyophilized for 18 hours.
- a Purolite resin anionic
- a sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate modified by cholesteryl leucinate is obtained by a process similar to that described in Example A1.
- Cholesteryl 1-ethylenediaminecarboxylate hydrochloride is obtained according to the process described in the patent (Akiyoshi, K et al., WO 2010/053140).
- a sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate, synthesized according to the process described in Example A18 using a dextran with a weight-average molecular weight of approximately 5 kg/mol (q 19, Pharmacosmos), modified by cholesteryl 1-ethylenediaminecarboxylate, is obtained by a process similar to that described in Example A18.
- the final solution is assayed by dry extract, to determine the concentration of polysaccharide; and then assayed by acid/base titration in 50/50 (V/V) water/acetone, to determine the mean number of N-methylcarboxylate carbamate units per glucoside unit.
- the mean number of N-methylcarboxylate carbamate units per glucoside unit is 2.0.
- N-(sodium methylcarboxylate) dextran carbamate modified by cholesteryl leucinate is obtained by a process similar to that described in Example A1.
- Cholesteryl 1-ethylenediaminecarboxylate hydrochlorate is obtained according to the process described in the patent (Akiyoshi, K et al., WO 2010/053140).
- a dextran modified at the chain end by cholesteryl 1-ethylenediaminecarboxylate is obtained.
- a sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate characterized by a degree of substitution as methylcarboxylate of 1.65 per glucoside unit and modified at the chain end by cholesteryl 1-ethylenediaminecarboxylate was synthesized by a process similar to that described in Example A18 using the dextran modified at the chain end by cholesteryl 1-ethylenediaminecarboxylate.
- each polymer chain carries a cholesteryl 1-ethylenediaminecarboxylate group grafted to the reducing chain end.
- Cholesterol leucinate, para-toluenesulphonic acid salt is obtained according to the process described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,826,818.
- Dilauryl aspartate, para-toluenesulphonic acid salt is obtained according to the process described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,826,818.
- Dilauryl aspartate, para-toluenesulphonic acid salt is obtained according to the process described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,826,818.
- Part B Demonstration of the Properties of the Compositions According to the Invention
- Example B1 Solution of Rapid-Acting Insulin Analogue (NovoLog®) at 100 IU/ml
- This solution is a commercial solution of insulin aspart, sold by the company Novo Nordisk under the name of NovoLog® in the USA and Novorapid® in Europe. This product is a rapid-acting insulin analogue.
- Example B2 Solution of Rapid-Acting Insulin Analogue (Humalog®) at 100 IU/ml
- This solution is a commercial solution of insulin lispro, sold by the company Eli Lilly under the name of Humalog®. This product is a rapid-acting insulin analogue.
- Example B3 Solution of Rapid-Acting Insulin Analogue (Apidra®) at 100 IU/ml
- This solution is a commercial solution of insulin glulisine, sold by the company Sanofi-Aventis under the name of Apidra®. This product is a rapid-acting insulin analogue.
- Example B4 Solution of Slow-Acting Insulin Analogue (Lantus®) at 100 IU/ml
- This solution is a commercial solution of insulin glargine, sold by the company Sanofi-Aventis under the name of Lantus®. This product is a slow-acting insulin analogue.
- Example B5 Solution of Human Insulin (ActRapid®) at 100 IU/ml
- This solution is a commercial solution from Novo Nordisk, sold under the name of Actrapid®. This product is a human insulin.
- Example B6 Dissolution of Lantus® at 100 IU/ml and at pH 7 Using a Substituted Dextran
- Example B7 Preparation of a Substituted Dextran/Lantus®/Apidra® 75/25 Composition at pH 7
- Example B8 Preparation of a Substituted Dextran/Lantus®/Humalog® 75/25 Composition at pH 7
- Humalog® in its commercial formulation
- 0.25 ml of Humalog® is added to 0.75 ml of the Polysaccharide 4/Lantus® solution prepared in Example B6, in order to form 1 ml of a composition at pH 7.
- the composition is clear, testifying to the good solubility of Lantus® and Humalog® under these formulation conditions. This clear solution is filtered through a 0.22 ⁇ m filter and is then placed at +4° C.
- Example B9 Preparation of a Substituted Dextran/Lantus®/NovoLog® 75/25 Composition at pH 7
- Example B10 Preparation of a Substituted Dextran/Lantus®/ActRapid® 75/25 Composition at pH 7
- Example B11 Preparation of a Substituted Dextran/Lantus®/Apidra® 60/40 Composition at pH 7
- Example B12 Preparation of a Substituted Dextran/Lantus®/Apidra® 40/60 Composition at pH 7
- Lantus® 1 ml of Lantus® is added to 2 ml of a PBS solution containing 20 mg/ml of BSA (bovine serum albumin).
- BSA bovine serum albumin
- the PBS/BSA mixture simulates the composition of the subcutaneous medium. A precipitate appears, which is in good agreement with the mechanism of operation of Lantus® (precipitation on injection due to the increase in the pH).
- Example B14 Precipitation of a Substituted Dextran/Lantus® Composition
- Polysaccharide 4/Lantus® solution prepared in Example B6 1 ml of Polysaccharide 4/Lantus® solution prepared in Example B6 is added to 2 ml of a PBS solution containing 20 mg/ml of BSA (bovine serum albumin).
- BSA bovine serum albumin
- the PBS/BSA mixture simulates the composition of the subcutaneous medium. A precipitate appears.
- Dissolution and precipitation tests identical to those described in Examples B6 and B14 were carried out with other substituted dextrans at the same concentration of 10 mg/ml of polysaccharide per 100 IU/ml of Lantus®. 20 mg of polysaccharide in the lyophilisate form are weighed out accurately. This lyophilisate is taken up in 2 ml of Lantus® in its commercial formulation. A transient precipitate appears but the solution becomes clear after approximately 30 minutes to a few hours (depending on the nature of the polysaccharide). The pH of this solution is 6.3. The pH is adjusted to 7 with a 0.1N sodium hydroxide solution. This clear solution is filtered through a 0.22 ⁇ m filter and is then placed at +4° C. The results are collated in Table 2.
- Example B15 Precipitation of a Substituted Dextran/Lantus®/Apidra® 75/25 Composition at pH 7
- Example B7 1 ml of the substituted dextran/Lantus®/Apidra® 75/25 composition (containing 7.5 mg/ml of polysaccharide, 75 IU/ml of Lantus® and 25 IU/ml of Apidra®) prepared in Example B7 is added to 2 ml of a PBS solution containing 20 mg/ml of BSA (bovine serum albumin).
- BSA bovine serum albumin
- Example B16 Precipitation of Various Compositions, the Nature of the Substituted Dextran being Varied
- Example B17 Precipitation of Various Compositions, the Nature of the Prandial Insulin being Varied
- Compositions are prepared by mixing 0.75 ml of the Polysaccharide 4/Lantus® solution prepared in Example B6 with 0.25 ml of a prandial insulin in order to form 1 ml of substituted dextran/Lantus®/prandial insulin composition (containing 7.5 mg/mil of polysaccharide, 75 IU/ml of Lantus® and 25 IU/ml of prandial insulin).
- This composition is added to 2 ml of PBS solution containing 20 mg/ml of BSA (bovine serum albumin).
- BSA bovine serum albumin
- Example B18 Preparation of a Concentrated Solution of Slow-Acting Insulin Analogue (Glargine)
- a commercial solution of insulin glargine sold by the company Sanofi-Aventis under the name of Lantus®, is concentrated by ultrafiltration through a 3 kDa membrane made of regenerated cellulose (Amicon® Ultra-15, sold by the company Millipore). On conclusion of this ultrafiltration stage, the concentration of insulin glargine is assayed in the retentate by reverse phase liquid chromatography (RP-HPLC). The final concentration of insulin glargine is subsequently adjusted by the addition of commercial 100 IU/ml glargine solution in order to obtain the desired final concentration.
- RP-HPLC reverse phase liquid chromatography
- the concentrated solutions are filtered through a 0.22 ⁇ m filter and then stored at +4° C.
- Example B19 Dialysis of a Commercial Solution of Rapid-Acting Insulin Analogue (Lispro)
- a commercial solution of insulin lispro, sold by the company Lilly under the name of Humalog® is dialyzed by ultrafiltration through a 3 kDa membrane made of regenerated cellulose (Amicon® Ultra-15, sold by the company Millipore). The dialysis is carried out in a 1 mM phosphate buffer at pH 7. On conclusion of this dialysis stage, the concentration C dialyzed Humalog of lispro in the retentate is determined by reverse phase liquid chromatography (RP-HPLC). The dialyzed solution is stored in a freezer at ⁇ 80° C.
- RP-HPLC reverse phase liquid chromatography
- Example B20 Lyophilization of a Solution of Rapid-Acting Insulin Analogue (Lispro) in its Commercial Form
- a volume V Humalog of a solution of rapid-acting insulin lispro at a concentration of 100 IU/ml in its commercial form is placed in a Lyoguard® sterilized beforehand in an autoclave.
- the Lyoguard® is placed in a freezer at ⁇ 80° C. for approximately 1 h before being subjected to lyophilization overnight at a temperature of 20° C. and a pressure of 0.31 mbar.
- the sterile lyophilisate thus obtained is stored at ambient temperature.
- Example B21 Lyophilization of a Dialyzed Commercial Solution of Rapid-Acting Insulin Analogue (Lispro)
- a volume V dialyzed Humalog of a solution of rapid-acting insulin lispro obtained according to Example B19 at a concentration of C dialyzed Humalog is placed in a Lyoguard® sterilized beforehand in an autoclave.
- the Lyoguard® is placed in a freezer at ⁇ 80° C. for approximately 1 h before being subjected to lyophilization overnight at a temperature of 20° C. and a pressure of 0.31 mbar.
- the sterile lyophilisate thus obtained is stored at ambient temperature.
- Example B22 Preparation of a Substituted Dextran/Glargine Composition at pH 7 Using a Substituted Dextran, according to a Process Using Glargine in the Liquid Form (in Solution) and a Polysaccharide in the Solid Form (Lyophilized)
- the solution is opalescent.
- the pH of this solution is approximately 6.3. The pH is adjusted to 7 by addition of concentrated NaOH and then the solution is placed under static conditions in an oven at 37° C. for approximately 1 hour.
- a volume V polys./glargine of this visually clear solution is placed at +4° C.
- Example B23 Preparation of a Substituted Dextran/Glargine Composition at pH 7 Using a Substituted Dextran, according to a Process Using Glargine in the Liquid Form (in Solution) and a Polysaccharide in the Liquid Form (in Solution)
- Concentrated solutions of m-cresol, glycerol and tween 20 are added to a mother solution of polysaccharide 20 at pH 7 exhibiting a concentration C polys. mother , so as to obtain a polysaccharide solution having the concentration C polys. mother/excipients (mg/ml) in the presence of these excipients at contents equivalent to those described in the Lantus® commercial solution in a 10 ml bottle.
- the pH is adjusted to pH 7 by addition of 1M NaOH and the solution is placed under static conditions in an oven at 37° C. for approximately 1 h. This visually clear solution is placed at +4° C.
- a dilute Polysaccharide 20/glargine composition at pH 7 described in Example B23 is concentrated by ultrafiltration through a 3 kDa membrane made of regenerated cellulose (Amicon® Ultra-15, sold by the company Millipore). On conclusion of this ultrafiltration stage, the retentate is clear and the concentration of insulin glargine in the composition is assayed by reverse phase chromatography (RP-HPLC). If necessary, the concentration of insulin glargine in the composition is subsequently adjusted to the desired value by diluting in a solution of m-cresol/glycerol/tween 20 excipients exhibiting, for each entity, a concentration equivalent to that described in the Lantus® commercial solution (in a 10 ml bottle). This solution at pH 7, which is visually clear, exhibiting a glargine concentration C glargine (IU/ml) and a polysaccharide concentration C polys. (mg/ml), is placed at +4° C.
- Example B25 Preparation of a Substituted Dextran/Glargine/Lispro Composition at pH 7, Starting from a Rapid-Acting Insulin Lispro in its Commercial Form
- a volume V polysach./glargine of polysaccharide/glargine solution, pH 7, exhibiting a concentration of glargine C glargine (IU/ml) and a concentration of Polysaccharide 18 C polys. (mg/ml), prepared according to Example B22, is added to an insulin lispro lyophilisate obtained by lyophilization of a volume V lispro , the preparation of which is described in Example B19, so that the ratio V polysach./glargine /V lispro 100/C lispro , where C lispro is the concentration of lispro (IU/ml) targeted in the composition.
- the solution is clear.
- the zinc content of the formulation is adjusted to the desired concentration C zinc ( ⁇ M) by addition of a concentrated zinc chloride solution.
- the final pH is adjusted to 7 by addition of concentrated NaOH or HCl.
- the formulation is clear, testifying to the good solubility of glargine and lispro under these formulation conditions. This solution is filtered through a 0.22 ⁇ m filter and is placed at +4° C.
- Example B26 Preparation of a Substituted Dextran/Glargine/Lispro Composition at pH 7, Starting from a Rapid-Acting Insulin Lispro Obtained by Dialysis of a Commercial Solution
- a volume V polysach./glargine of polysaccharide/glargine solution, pH 7, exhibiting a concentration of glargine C glargine (IU/ml) and a concentration of Polysaccharide 20 C polys.
- the solution is clear.
- the zinc content of the formulation is adjusted to the desired concentration C zinc ( ⁇ M) by addition of a concentrated zinc chloride solution.
- the final pH is adjusted to 7 by addition of concentrated NaOH or HCl.
- the formulation is clear, testifying to the good solubility of glargine and lispro under these formulation conditions. This solution is filtered through a 0.22 ⁇ m filter and is placed at +4° C.
- Example B27 Preparation of a Substituted Dextran/Glargine/Lispro Composition at pH 7 Exhibiting a Concentration of Glargine of 200 IU/ml and a Concentration of Lispro of 33 IU/ml (Proportion as Percentage of Insulin: 85/15 as Glargine/Lispro)
- a concentrated 200 IU/ml glargine solution is prepared according to Example B18.
- a Polysaccharide 18 (13 mg/ml)/glargine 300 IU/ml composition, pH 7, is prepared from Polysaccharide 18 according to the method of preparation described in Example B22.
- This Polysaccharide 18/glargine 200 IU/ml composition is added to an insulin lispro lyophilisate obtained by lyophilization of the solution of rapid-acting analogue in its commercial form, according to the method of preparation described in Example B25.
- the solution is clear.
- the final pH is adjusted to 7 by addition of concentrated NaOH or HCl.
- Example B28 Preparation of a Substituted Dextran/Glargine/Lispro Composition at pH 7 Exhibiting a Concentration of Glargine of 200 IU/ml and a Concentration of Lispro of 66 IU/ml (Proportion as Percentage of Insulin: 75/25 as Glargine/Lispro)
- a concentrated 200 IU/ml glargine solution is prepared according to Example B18.
- a Polysaccharide 18 (13 mg/ml)/glargine 300 IU/ml composition, pH 7, is prepared from Polysaccharide 18 according to the method of preparation described in Example B22.
- This Polysaccharide 18/glargine 200 IU/ml composition is added to an insulin lispro lyophilisate obtained by lyophilization of the solution of rapid-acting analogue in its commercial form, according to the method of preparation described in Example B25.
- the solution is clear.
- the final pH is adjusted to 7 by addition of concentrated NaOH or HCl.
- the formulation is clear, testifying to the good solubility of glargine and lispro under these formulation conditions. This solution is filtered through a 0.22 ⁇ m filter and is placed at +4° C.
- Example B29 Preparation of a Substituted Dextran/Glargine/Lispro Composition at pH 7 Exhibiting a Concentration of Glargine of 300 IU/ml and a Concentration of Lispro of 100 IU/ml (Proportion as Percentage of Insulin: 75/25 as Glargine/Lispro)
- a concentrated 300 IU/ml glargine solution is prepared according to Example B18.
- a Polysaccharide 18 (23 mg/ml)/glargine 300 IU/ml composition, pH 7, is prepared from Polysaccharide 18 according to the method of preparation described in Example B22.
- This Polysaccharide 18/glargine 300 IU/ml composition is added to an insulin lispro lyophilisate obtained by lyophilization of the solution of rapid-acting analogue in its commercial form, according to the method of preparation described in Example B25.
- the solution is clear.
- the final pH is adjusted to 7 by addition of concentrated NaOH or HCl.
- the formulation is clear, testifying to the good solubility of glargine and lispro under these formulation conditions. This solution is filtered through a 0.22 ⁇ m filter and is placed at +4° C.
- Example B30 Preparation of a Substituted Dextran/Glargine/Lispro Composition at pH 7 Exhibiting a Concentration of Glargine of 250 IU/ml and a Concentration of Lispro of 150 IU/ml (Proportion as Percentage of Insulin: 63/37 as Glargine/Lispro)
- a concentrated 300 IU/ml glargine solution is prepared according to Example B18.
- a Polysaccharide 18 (19 mg/ml)/glargine 300 IU/ml composition, pH 7, is prepared from Polysaccharide 18 according to the method of preparation described in Example B22.
- This Polysaccharide 18/glargine 250 IU/ml composition is added to an insulin lispro lyophilisate obtained by lyophilization of the solution of rapid-acting analogue in its commercial form, according to the method of preparation described in Example B25.
- the solution is clear.
- the final pH is adjusted to 7 by addition of concentrated NaOH or HCl.
- the formulation is clear, testifying to the good solubility of glargine and lispro under these formulation conditions. This solution is filtered through a 0.22 ⁇ m filter and is placed at +4° C.
- Example B31 Preparation of a Substituted Dextran/Glargine/Lispro Composition at pH 7 Exhibiting a Concentration of Glargine of 333 IU/ml and a Concentration of Lispro of 67 IU/ml (Proportion as Percentage of Insulin: 83/17 as Glargine/Lispro)
- a concentrated 333 IU/ml glargine solution is prepared according to Example B18.
- a Polysaccharide 18 (20 mg/ml)/glargine 300 IU/ml composition, pH 7, is prepared from Polysaccharide 18 according to the method of preparation described in Example B22.
- This Polysaccharide 18/glargine 333 IU/ml composition is added to an insulin lispro lyophilisate obtained by lyophilization of the solution of rapid-acting analogue in its commercial form, according to the method of preparation described in Example B25.
- the solution is clear.
- the final pH is adjusted to 7 by addition of concentrated NaOH or HCl.
- the formulation is clear, testifying to the good solubility of glargine and lispro under these formulation conditions. This solution is filtered through a 0.22 ⁇ m filter and is placed at +4° C.
- Example B32 Preparation of a Substituted Dextran/Glargine/Lispro Composition at pH 7 Exhibiting a Concentration of Glargine of 300 IU/ml and a Concentration of Lispro of 100 IU/ml (Proportion as Percentage of Insulin: 75/25 as Glargine/Lispro)
- a concentrated 300 IU/ml glargine solution is prepared according to Example B18.
- a Polysaccharide 19 (23 mg/ml)/glargine 300 IU/ml composition, pH 7, is prepared from Polysaccharide 19 according to the method of preparation described in Example B22.
- This Polysaccharide 19/glargine 300 IU/ml composition is added to an insulin lispro lyophilisate obtained by lyophilization of the solution of rapid-acting analogue under its dialyzed form, according to the method of preparation described in Example B26.
- the solution is clear.
- the final pH is adjusted to 7 by addition of concentrated NaOH or HCl.
- the formulation is clear, testifying to the good solubility of glargine and lispro under these formulation conditions. This solution is filtered through a 0.22 ⁇ m filter and is placed at +4° C.
- Example B33 Preparation of a Substituted Dextran/Glargine/Lispro Composition at pH 7 Exhibiting a Concentration of Glargine of 300 IU/ml and a Concentration of Lispro of 100 IU/ml (Proportion as Percentage of Insulin: 75/25 as Glargine/Lispro)
- a Polysaccharide 20 (23 mg/ml)/glargine 300 IU/ml composition, pH 7, is prepared from Polysaccharide 20 according to the method of preparation described in Example B23.
- This Polysaccharide 20/glargine 300 IU/ml composition is added to an insulin lispro lyophilisate obtained by lyophilization of the solution of rapid-acting analogue resulting from the dialysis of a commercial solution, according to the method of preparation described in Example B26.
- the solution is clear.
- the final pH is adjusted to 7 by addition of concentrated NaOH or HCl.
- the formulation is clear, testifying to the good solubility of glargine and lispro under these formulation conditions. This solution is filtered through a 0.22 ⁇ m filter and is placed at +4° C.
- Example B34 Precipitation of Various Substituted Dextran/Glargine/Lispro Compositions at pH 7 Exhibiting Different Concentrations of Insulin Glargine and Insulin Lispro and Different Relative Proportions of the Two Insulins
- compositions prepared can be injected with the normal systems for the injection of insulin.
- the solutions described in Examples B7 to B12 and the compositions described in Examples B27 à B33 are injected without any difficulty, both with insulin syringes equipped with 31-gauge needles and with insulin pens from Novo Nordisk, sold under the name of Novopen®, equipped with 31-gauge needles.
- Lantus®/Apidra® (75/25), formulated with Polysaccharide 4 (6 mg/ml), described in Example B7, and
- Lantus®/Humalog® (75/25), formulated with Polysaccharide 4 (6 mg/ml), described in Example B8.
- hypoglycaemic effects of these compositions were compared with respect to injections carried out with simultaneous but separate injections of Lantus® (pH 4) and then of a prandial insulin Apidra® or Humalog®.
- Injection of insulin at a dose of 0.4 IU/kg is carried out by subcutaneous injection into the neck, under the ear of the animal, using the Novopen® insulin pen equipped with at 31 G needle.
- Blood samples are subsequently taken after 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 90, 120, 240, 360, 480, 600, 660 and 720 minutes. After each sample has been taken, the catheter is rinsed with a dilute heparin solution.
- a drop of blood is taken in order to determine the glycaemia using a glucose meter.
- the pharmacodynamic curves of glucose are subsequently plotted.
- Lantus®/Apidra® (75/25), formulated with Polysaccharide 4 (6 mg/ml).
- FIG. 1 Mean+standard deviation of the mean curves for the sequential administrations of Apidra® and Lantus®, in comparison with a composition according to the invention Polysaccharide 4/Lantus®/Apidra® (75/25).
- FIG. 2 Apidra® Lantus® individual curves.
- FIG. 3 Polysaccharide 4/Apidra®/Lantus® individual curves.
- FIG. 1 presents the mean curves for drop in glycaemia and the standard deviations of the mean for the pigs tested for each formulation.
- the drop in glycaemia in the first 30 minutes is similar for the two formulations, indicating that the presence of a polysaccharide does not interfere with the rapid-acting nature of Apidra®.
- Lantus®/Humalog® (75/25), formulated with Polysaccharide 4 (6 mg/ml).
- FIG. 4 Mean+standard deviation of the mean curves for the sequential administrations of Humalog® and Lantus® in comparison with the administration of a composition according to the invention Polysaccharide 4/Humalog®/Lantus®.
- FIG. 5 Humalog® Lantus® individual curves.
- FIG. 6 Polysaccharide 4/Humalog®/Lantus® individual curves.
- FIG. 4 presents the mean curves for drop in glycaemia and the standard deviations of the mean for the pigs tested with regard to each formulation.
- the drop in glycaemia in the first 30 minutes is similar for the two formulations, indicating that the presence of Polysaccharide 4 does not interfere with the rapid-acting nature of Humalog®.
- the sequential administration of Humalog® and Lantus® brings about a heterogeneous drop in glucose with a homogeneous plateau response with regard to four pigs and a heterogeneous response with regard to the other two pigs ( FIG. 5 ).
- hypoglycaemic effects of these compositions were compared with respect to injections carried out with simultaneous but separate injections of 100 IU/ml Lantus® (pH 4) and then of a prandial insulin 100 IU/ml Humalog®.
- the injection of insulin at a dose of 0.53 IU/kg is carried out by subcutaneous injection into the neck of the animal using the Novopen® insulin pen equipped with a 31 G needle.
- Blood samples are subsequently taken after 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 90, 120, 180, 240, 300, 360, 420, 480, 540, 600, 660, 720, 780, 840, 900 and 960 minutes.
- the first samples are taken with a catheter (up to 180 min) and then directly from the jugular vein. After each sample has been taken, the catheter is rinsed with a dilute heparin solution.
- a drop of blood is taken in order to determine the glycaemia by means of a glucose meter.
- the pharmacodynamic curves for glucose are subsequently plotted.
- FIG. 7 Mean+standard deviation of the mean curves for the sequential administrations of Humalog® (100 IU/ml, 0.13 IU/kg) and Lantus® (100 IU/ml, 0.4 IU/kg), in comparison with a composition according to the invention described in Example B28 (0.53 IU/kg).
- FIG. 7 presents the mean curves for drop in glycaemia and the standard deviations of the mean for the dogs tested for each formulation.
- the two curves are similar up to 12 hours with a rapid drop in glycaemia, indicating that the polysaccharide does not influence the rapid-acting effect of Humalog®, a marked return between the peak due to Humalog® and the plateau due to glargine, and then a plateau of the glargine up to 12 h, indicating that the basal effect of glargine is well retained.
- FIG. 8 Mean+standard deviation of the mean curves for the sequential administrations of Humalog® (100 IU/ml, 0.13 IU/kg) and Lantus® (100 IU/ml, 0.4 IU/kg) in comparison with a composition according to the invention described in Example B27 (0.47 IU/kg).
- FIG. 8 presents the mean curves for drop in glycaemia and the standard deviations of the mean for the dogs tested for each formulation.
- the dose of basal insulin (Lantus®) is identical whereas the dose of Humalog® is half for the composition, with respect to the control.
- the drop in glucose is greater in the case of the formulation B27 in comparison with the control, whereas this control contains twice as much Humalog®.
- the duration of the plateau is shorter in the case of the combination, with respect to the control. This indicates that, in this composition, a portion of Lantus® is not precipitated on injection and acts with Humalog®.
- FIG. 9 Mean+standard deviation of the mean curves for the sequential administrations of Humalog® (100 IU/ml, 0.13 IU/kg) and Lantus® (100 IU/ml, 0.4 IU/kg) in comparison with a composition according to the invention described in Example B29 (0.53 IU/kg).
- FIG. 9 presents the mean curves for drop in glycaemia and the standard deviations of the mean for the dogs tested for each formulation.
- the two curves are similar, with a rapid drop in glycaemia, indicating that the polysaccharide does not influence the rapid-acting effect of Humalog®, a marked return between the peak due to Humalog® and the plateau due to Lantus®, and then a plateau of the Lantus® up to 13 h, indicating that the basal effect of glargine is well retained.
- FIG. 10 Mean+standard deviation of the mean curves for the sequential administrations of Humalog® (100 IU/ml, 0.13 IU/kg) and Lantus® (100 IU/ml, 0.4 IU/kg), in comparison with a composition according to the invention described in Example B31 (0.48 IU/kg).
- FIG. 10 presents the mean curves for drop in glycaemia and the standard deviations of the mean for the dogs tested for each formulation.
- the dose of basal insulin (Lantus®) is identical, whereas the dose of Humalog® is half, for the composition, with respect to the control.
- the drop in glucose is greater in the case of the control, with respect to the combination corresponding to Example B31.
- This response was expected, in view of the concentration of Humalog® in the combination, which was half that of the control.
- the duration of the Lantus® plateau is identical in the case of the combination, with respect to the control. This indicates that, in this composition and by comparison with the composition described in Example B29 ( FIG. 9 ), it is possible to adjust the amount of Humalog® in the combination without modifying the Lantus® basal effect.
- FIG. 11 Mean+standard deviation of the mean curves for the sequential administrations of Humalog® (100 IU/ml, 0.24 IU/kg) and Lantus® (100 IU/ml, 0.4 IU/kg) in comparison with a composition according to the invention described in Example B30 (0.64 IU/kg).
- FIG. 11 presents the mean curves for drop in glycaemia and the standard deviations of the mean for the dogs tested for each formulation.
- the two curves are similar, with a rapid drop in glycaemia, indicating that the polysaccharide does not influence the rapid-acting effect of Humalog®, a marked return between the peak due to Humalog® and the plateau due to Lantus®, and then a plateau of the Lantus® up to 10 h, indicating that the glargine basal effect is well retained.
- FIG. 12 Mean+standard deviation of the mean curves for the sequential administrations of Humalog® (100 IU/ml, 0.13 IU/kg) and Lantus® (100 IU/ml, 0.4 IU/kg) in comparison with a composition according to the invention described in Example B32 (0.53 IU/kg).
- FIG. 12 presents the mean curves for drop in glycaemia and the standard deviations of the mean for the dogs tested for each formulation.
- the two curves are similar up to 10 hours, with a rapid drop in glycaemia, indicating that the polysaccharide does not influence the rapid-acting effect of Humalog®, a marked return between the peak due to Humalog® and the plateau due to Lantus®, and then a glargine plateau, indicating that the glargine basal effect is retained up to 10 h.
- FIGS. 7 to 12 show that, by adjusting the composition of the polysaccharide and the concentrations of lispro and glargine, it is possible to obtain profiles identical to a double injection with different proportions of rapid-acting insulin and basal insulin. It is also possible to adjust the duration of the basal insulin without impacting the rapid-acting insulin or to adjust the amount of rapid-acting insulin without impacting the effect of the basal insulin.
- Example C1 0.25 mg/ml Solution of GLP-1 Analogue Exenatide (Byetta®)
- This solution is an exenatide solution marketed by the company Eli Lilly and Company under the name of Byetta®.
- Example C2 6 mg/ml Solution of GLP-1 Derivative Liraglutide (Victoza®)
- This solution is a liraglutide solution marketed by the company Novo Nordisk under the name of Victoza®.
- Example C3 Dissolution of Lantus® at 100 IU/Ml and at pH 7 Using a Substituted Dextran at a Concentration of 10 mg/ml
- Example C4 Preparation of a Lantus®/Byetta® 70/30 Composition at pH 7.5
- Example C1 0.09 ml of the exenatide solution of Example C1 is added to 0.21 ml of the insulin glargine solution of Example B4, in order to obtain 0.3 ml of composition whose pH is 4.5 on mixing.
- the composition which contains 70 IU/ml of Lantus® and 0.075 mg/ml of Byetta®, is clear, testifying to the good solubility of Lantus® and Byetta® under these formulation conditions (pH 4.5).
- the pH is subsequently adjusted to 7.5 with a 0.1N sodium hydroxide solution.
- the composition then becomes cloudy, testifying to the poor solubility of the Lantus®/Byetta® composition at pH 7.5.
- Example 70/30 Lantus®/Byetta® compositions were also prepared at pH 4.5, 5.5, 6.5, 8.5 and 9.5 by following a protocol similar to that described in Example C4.
- 0.09 ml of the exenatide solution of Example C1 is added to 0.21 ml of the insulin glargine solution of Example B4, in order to obtain 0.3 ml of a composition whose pH is 4.5 on mixing.
- the composition is clear, testifying to the good solubility of Lantus® and Byetta® under these formulation conditions (pH 4.5).
- the pH is adjusted to 5.5 or 6.5 or 8.5 or 9.5 with a 0.1N sodium hydroxide solution.
- composition at 5.5 is slightly cloudy
- the compositions at 6.5-7.5 and 8.5 are very cloudy
- the composition at pH 9.5 is clear.
- These compositions are placed at +4° C. for 48 h. After 48 h at +4° C., only the composition at pH 4.5 remains clear.
- the visual appearance after 48 h of the 70/30 Lantus®/Byetta® compositions at different pH values is summarized in Table 9.
- Example C5 Preparation of the 70/30 Lantus®/Victoza® Composition at pH 7.5
- Example C2 0.09 ml of the liraglutide solution of Example C2 is added to 0.21 ml of the insulin glargine solution of Example B4, in order to obtain 0.3 ml of a composition whose pH is 7 on mixing.
- the composition which contains 70 IU/ml of glargine and 1.8 mg/ml of liraglutide, is cloudy, testifying to the poor solubility of the Lantus®/Victoza® composition under these formulation conditions.
- the pH is adjusted to 7.5 with a 0.1N sodium hydroxide solution. After adjusting the pH, the composition remains cloudy. This composition is placed at +4° C. for 48 h.
- Example 70/30 Lantus®/Victoza® compositions were also prepared at pH 4.5-5.5-6.5-8.5 and 9.5 by following a protocol similar to that described in Example C5.
- 0.09 ml of the liraglutide solution of Example C1 is added to 0.21 ml of the insulin glargine solution of Example B4, in order to obtain 0.3 ml of a composition whose pH is 7.
- the composition is cloudy, testifying to the poor solubility of the Lantus®/Victoza® composition under these formulation conditions (pH 7).
- the pH is adjusted to 4.5 or 5.5 or 6.5 with a 0.1N hydrochloric acid solution or to pH 9.5 with a 0.1N sodium hydroxide solution.
- compositions at pH 4.5-5.5 and 6.5 are cloudy, testifying to the poor solubility of the Lantus®/Victoza® composition under these formulation conditions. These compositions are placed at +4° C. for 48 h. After 48 h at 4° C., only the composition at pH 9.5 is clear. The visual appearance after 48 h of the 70/30 Lantus®/Victoza® compositions of different pH values is summarized in Table 10.
- Example C6 Preparation of a Substituted Dextran-70/30 Lantus®/Byetta® Composition at pH 7
- Example C1 0.09 ml of the exenatide solution of Example C1 is added to 0.21 ml of the substituted dextran/Lantus® solution prepared in Example C3, in order to obtain 0.3 ml of a composition at pH 5.3.
- the pH is adjusted to 7 with a 0.1N sodium hydroxide solution.
- the composition which contains 7 mg/ml of polysaccharide, 70 IU/ml of Lantus® and 0.075 mg/ml of Byetta® is clear, testifying to the good solubility of Lantus® and Byetta® in the presence of the substituted dextran at pH 7. This clear solution is placed at +4° C.
- Substituted dextran-Lantus®/Byetta® compositions at pH 7 were also prepared at ratios by volume V Lantus /V Byetta of 90/10, 50/50, 30/70 and 10/90 by following the same protocol as that described in Example C6.
- a volume V Byetta of the exenatide solution of Example C1 is added to a volume V Lantus of the substituted dextran/Lantus® solution prepared in Example C3, in order to obtain a composition whose pH is adjusted at 7 with a 0.1N sodium hydroxide solution.
- the compositions obtained are clear, testifying to the good solubility of Lantus® and Byetta® in the presence of a substituted dextran at pH 7. These clear solutions are placed at +4° C.
- Example C7 Preparation of a Substituted Dextran-100/50 Lantus®/Byetta® Composition at pH 7
- Example C1 0.150 ml of the exenatide solution of Example C1 is lyophilized and then 0.3 ml of a substituted dextran/Lantus® solution prepared in Example C3 are added to the lyophilisate in order to obtain a composition whose pH is adjusted to 7 with a 0.1N sodium hydroxide solution.
- the composition which contains 10 mg/ml of polysaccharide, 100 IU/ml of Lantus® and 0.125 mg/ml of Byetta®, is clear, testifying to the good solubility of Lantus® and Byetta® in the presence of the substituted dextran at pH 7. This clear solution is placed at +4° C.
- Example C8 Preparation of a Substituted Dextran-70/30 Lantus®/Victoza® Composition at pH 7
- Example C2 0.09 ml of the liraglutide solution of Example C2 is added to 0.21 ml of the substituted dextran/Lantus® solution prepared in Example C3, in order to obtain 0.3 ml of a composition at pH 7.6.
- the pH is adjusted to 7 with a 0.1N hydrochloric acid solution.
- the composition which contains 7 mg/ml of polysaccharide, 70 IU/ml of Lantus® and 1.8 mg/ml of Victoza®, is clear, testifying to the good solubility of Lantus® and Victoza® in the presence of the substituted dextran at pH 7. This clear solution is placed at +4° C.
- Substituted dextran-Lantus®/Victoza® compositions at pH 7 have also been prepared at V Lantus /V Victoza ratios by volume of 90/10, 50/50, 30/70, and 90/10 by following the same protocol as that described in Example C6.
- a volume V Victoza of the liraglutide solution of Example C2 is added to a volume V Lantus of the substituted dextran/Lantus® solution prepared in Example B3, in order to obtain a composition whose pH is adjusted to 7 with a 0.1N hydrochloric acid solution.
- compositions obtained are clear, testifying to the good solubility of Lantus® and Victoza® in the presence of a substituted dextran at pH 7. These clear solutions are placed at +4° C.
- Example C9 Preparation of a Substituted Dextran-100/50 Lantus®/Victoza® Composition at pH 7
- Example C2 0.150 ml of the liraglutide solution of Example C2 is lyophilized and then 0.3 ml of a substituted dextran/Lantus® solution prepared in Example C3 is added to the lyophilisate, in order to obtain a composition whose pH is adjusted to 7 with a 0.1N sodium hydroxide solution.
- the composition which contains 10 mg/ml of polysaccharide, 100 IU/ml of Lantus® and 3 mg/ml of Victoza®, is clear, testifying to the good solubility of Lantus® and Victoza® in the presence of the substituted dextran at pH 7. This clear solution is placed at +4° C.
- Example C10 Preparation of a Substituted Dextran-60/20/20 Lantus®/Apidra®/Byetta® Composition at pH 7
- Example A3 20 mg of lyophilized Polysaccharide 4 described in Example A3 are weighed out accurately. This lyophilisate is taken up in 2 ml of the insulin glargine solution of Example B4. After mechanical stirring on rolls at ambient temperature, the solution becomes clear. The pH of this solution is 6.3. The pH is adjusted to 7 with a 0.1N sodium hydroxide solution. 0.2 ml of the exenatide solution of Example C1 and 0.2 ml of the insulin glulisine solution of Example B3 are added to 0.6 ml of the substituted dextran/Lantus® solution prepared above, in order to obtain 1 ml of a composition at pH 7.
- composition which contains 6 mg/ml of polysaccharide, 60 IU/ml of Lantus®, 20 IU/ml Apidra® and 0.05 mg/ml of Byetta®, is clear, testifying to the good solubility of Lantus®, Apidra® and Byetta® in the presence of substituted dextran at pH 7. This clear solution is filtered through a membrane (0.22 ⁇ m) and is then placed at +4° C.
- PBS Phosphate Buffer Solution
- BSA Bovine Serum Albumin
- Example C12 Precipitation of a Substituted Dextran/Lantus® Composition
- Example C3 0.250 ml of substituted dextran/Lantus® solution prepared in Example C3 is added to 0.5 ml of a PBS solution containing 20 mg/ml of BSA.
- the PBS/BSA mixture simulates the composition of the subcutaneous medium. A precipitate appears.
- Example C13 Precipitation of a Substituted Dextran-Lantus®/Byetta® Composition
- Example C6 0.250 ml of the substituted dextran-Lantus®/Byetta® composition prepared in Example C6 is added to 0.5 ml of a PBS solution containing 20 mg/ml of BSA.
- the PBS/BSA mixture simulates the composition of the subcutaneous medium. A precipitate appears.
- Example C14 Precipitation of a Substituted Dextran-70/30 Lantus®/Victoza® Composition
- Example C8 0.250 ml of the substituted dextran-Lantus®/Victoza® composition prepared in Example C8 is added to 0.5 ml of a PBS solution containing 20 mg/ml of BSA (bovine serum albumin).
- BSA bovine serum albumin
- the PBS/BSA mixture simulates the composition of the subcutaneous medium. A precipitate appears. Centrifuging at 4000 rev/min is carried out in order to separate the precipitate from the supernatent. Subsequently, Lantus® and Victoza® are assayed in the supernatent. The percentage of precipitation of Lantus® is similar to the control described in Example C11.
- Example C15 Precipitation of Different Compositions, the Nature of the Substituted Dextran being Varied
- Example C16 Precipitation of a Substituted Dextran-60/20/20 Lantus®/Apidra®/Byetta® Composition at pH 7
- Example C10 0.250 ml of the substituted dextran-Lantus®/Apidra®/Byetta® composition prepared in Example C10 is added to 0.5 ml of a PBS solution containing 20 mg/ml of BSA.
- the PBS/BSA mixture simulates the composition of the subcutaneous medium. A precipitate appears.
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Endocrinology (AREA)
- Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
- Zoology (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Diabetes (AREA)
- Dermatology (AREA)
- Inorganic Chemistry (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Emergency Medicine (AREA)
- Obesity (AREA)
- Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
- Medicinal Preparation (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
Abstract
A composition in the form of an injectable aqueous solution, the pH of which is between 6.0 and 8.0, includes at least a basal insulin, the isoelectric point pI of which is between 5.8 and 8.5; and a dextran substituted by radicals carrying carboxylate charges and hydrophobic radicals. Single-dose formulations at a pH of between 7 and 7.8 includes a basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5 and a prandial insulin.
Description
- This application is a continuation of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/721,889 filed May 26, 2015, which in turn is a continuation of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/571,026 filed Aug. 9, 2012, which in turn claims benefit of U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 61/579,966 filed Dec. 23, 2011 and U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 61/522,031 filed Aug. 10, 2011 and claims priority to French Patent Application No. 11/62445 filed Dec. 23, 2011 and French Patent Application No. 11/57291 filed Aug. 10, 2011.
- The invention relates to therapies by injection of insulin(s) for treating diabetes.
- Insulin therapy, or diabetes therapy by injecting insulin, has made remarkable progress in recent years by virtue especially of the development of novel insulins that offer correction of patients' glycaemia, which enables better simulation of the physiological activity of the pancreas.
- To cover his daily insulin needs, a diabetic patient currently has available, schematically, two types of insulin with complementary actions: prandial insulins (or rapid-acting insulins) and basal insulins (or slow-acting insulins).
- Prandial insulins allow rapid management (metabolization and/or storage) of the glucose provided by meals and snacks. The patient must inject a prandial insulin before each food intake, i.e. about 2 to 3 injections per day. The prandial insulins most commonly used are: the recombinant human insulin, NovoLog® (aspart insulin from Novo Nordisk), Humalog® (lispro insulin from Eli Lilly) and Apidra® (glulisine insulin from Sanofi-Aventis).
- Basal insulins maintain the patient's glycaemic homeostasis, outside periods of food intake. They act essentially by blocking the endogenous production of glucose (hepatic glucose). The daily dose of basal insulin generally corresponds to 40-50% of the total daily insulin needs. Depending on the basal insulin used, this dose is dispensed in 1 or 2 injections, regularly distributed throughout the day. The basal insulins most commonly used are Levemir® (detemir insulin from Novo Nordisk) and Lantus® (glargine insulin from Sanofi-Aventis).
- It will be noted, for the sake of completeness, that NPH (NPH insulin, for Neutral Protamine Hagedorn; Humuline NPH®, Insulatard®) is the oldest basal insulin. This formulation is the result of a precipitation of human insulin (anionic at neutral pH) with a cationic protein, protamine. These microcrystals are dispersed in an aqueous suspension and dissolve slowly after subcutaneous injection. This slow dissolution ensures sustained release of the insulin. However, this release does not ensure a constant concentration of insulin over time. The release profile is bell-shaped and lasts only between 12 and 16 hours. It is thus injected twice a day. This NPH basal insulin is much less efficient than the modern basal insulins Levemir® and Lantus®. NPH is an intermediate-acting basal insulin.
- The principle of NPH changed with the appearance of rapid insulin analogues to give “Premix” products that afford both rapid action and intermediate action. NovoLog Mix® (Novo Nordisk) and Humalog Mix® (Eli Lilly) are formulations comprising a rapid insulin analogue, Novolog® and Humalog®, partially complexed with protamine. These formulations thus contain microcrystals of insulin whose action is said to be intermediate, and a proportion of insulin which has remained soluble, whose action is rapid. These formulations do indeed offer the advantage of a rapid insulin, but they also have the defect of NPH, i.e. a duration of action limited to between 12 and 16 hours and a bell-shaped release of insulin. However, these products enable the patient to carry out a single injection of an intermediate-acting basal insulin with a rapid-acting prandial insulin. In point of fact, many patients are desirous to reduce their number of injections.
- The basal insulins currently marketed and currently under clinical development may be categorized as a function of the technical solution for obtaining sustained action, and two approaches are used at the present time.
- The first, that of insulin detemir, is the binding to albumin in vivo. It is an analogue, soluble at
pH 7, which comprises a fatty acid (tetradecanoyl) side chain attached to position B29 which, in vivo, enables this insulin to combine with albumin. Its sustained action is mainly due to this affinity for albumin after subcutaneous injection. - However, its pharmacokinetic profile does not make it possible to cover a whole day, which means that it is usually used in two injections per day.
- Other basal insulins which are soluble at
pH 7, such as Degludec®, are currently under development. Degludec® also comprises a fatty acid side chain attached to insulin (hexadecandioyl-γ-L-Glu). - The second, that of insulin glargine, is the precipitation at physiological pH. This is an analogue of human insulin obtained by elongation of the C-terminal part of the B chain of human insulin with two arginine residues, and by substitution of the asparagine residue A21 with a glycine residue (U.S. Pat. No. 5,656,722). The addition of the two arginine residues was conceived to adjust the pI (isoelectric point) of insulin glargine at physiological pH, and thus make this insulin analogue insoluble in physiological medium.
- The substitution of A21 was conceived in order to make insulin glargine stable at acidic pH and thus to be able to formulate it in the form of an injectable solution at acidic pH. During subcutaneous injection, the passage of insulin glargine from an acidic pH (pH 4-4.5) to a physiological pH (neutral pH) brings about its precipitation under the skin. The slow redissolution of the insulin glargine microparticles ensures a slow and sustained action.
- The hypoglycaemic effect of insulin glargine is virtually constant over a period of 24 hours, which allows the majority of patients to limit themselves to a single injection per day.
- Insulin glargine is nowadays considered as the best basal insulin marketed.
- However, the acidic pH of the formulations of basal insulins, the isoelectric point of which is between 5.8 and 8.5, of insulin glargine type, prevents any pharmaceutical combination with other proteins and in particular prandial insulins, since the latter are unstable at acidic pH.
- However, no one has hitherto sought to dissolve these basal insulins, the isoelectric point of which is between 5.8 and 8.5, of insulin glargine type, at neutral pH, while maintaining a difference in solubility between the in vitro medium (containing it) and the in vivo medium (under the skin), independently of the pH.
- Specifically, the operating principle of basal insulins, of insulin glargine type, outlined above, namely that they are soluble at acidic pH and precipitate at physiological pH, dissuades a person skilled in the art from any solution in which insulin of insulin glargine type would be dissolved at pH 6-8 while maintaining its essential property, which is that of precipitating in subcutaneous medium.
- Furthermore, the impossibility of formulating a prandial insulin, at acidic pH, arises from the fact that a prandial insulin undergoes, under these conditions, a deamidation side reaction in position A21; this does not make it possible to satisfy the requirement of the US Pharmacopeia, namely less than 5% of by-product after 4 weeks at 30° C.
- Furthermore, this acidic pH of formulations of basal insulins, the isoelectric point of which is between 5.8 and 8.5, of insulin glargine type, even prevents any extemporaneous combination with prandial insulins at neutral pH.
- A recent clinical study, presented at the 69th Scientific Sessions of the American Diabetes Association, New Orleans, La., 5-9 Jun. 2009, verified this limitation of use of insulin glargine. A dose of insulin glargine and a dose of prandial insulin (in the case in point, insulin lispro) were mixed together just before injection (E. Cengiz et al., 2010, Diabetes Care, 33(5), 1009-12). This experiment made it possible to demonstrate a significant delay in the pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic profiles of prandial insulin, which may give rise to postprandial hyperglycaemia and to nocturnal hypoglycaemia. This study indeed confirms the incompatibility of insulin glargine with the currently marketed rapid-acting insulins.
- Moreover, the instructions for use for Lantus®, the commercial product based on insulin glargine from the company Sanofi-Aventis, explicitly indicates to users that they should not mix it with a solution of prandial insulin, whichever it may be, on account of the serious risk of modifying the pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics of the insulin glargine and/or of the mixed prandial insulin.
- However, from a therapeutic point of view, clinical studies made public during the 70th annual scientific sessions of the American Diabetes Association (ADA) of 2010, abstract 2163-PO and abstract number 0001-LB, in particular those conducted by the company Sanofi-Aventis, showed that treatments which combine Lantus®, insulin glargine, and a prandial insulin are much more efficient than treatments based on products of the “Premix”, Novolog Mix® or Humalog Mix® type.
- As regards combinations of insulin glargine and rapid insulin, the company Biodel has notably described, in patent application U.S. Pat. No. 7,718,609, compositions comprising a basal insulin and a prandial insulin at a pH of between 3.0 and 4.2 in the presence of a chelating agent and polyacids. This patent teaches how to make a prandial insulin compatible at acidic pH in the presence of an insulin of insulin glargine type. It does not teach how to prepare a combination of insulin of insulin glargine type and of a prandial insulin at neutral pH.
- From the analysis of the compositions described in the literature and the patents, it appears that the insolubility at
pH 7 of basal insulins of the insulin glargine type is a prerequisite for having its slow action. As a result, all the solutions proposed for combining them with other products, such as prandial insulins, are based on tests of dissolution or stabilization of prandial insulins at acidic pH; see, for example, WO 2007/121256 and WO 2009/021955. - Surprisingly, the compositions according to the invention make it possible to dissolve, at
pH 7, a basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5. - Surprisingly, the compositions according to the invention allow maintenance of the duration of the hypoglycaemic activity of the basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5, despite its dissolution at
pH 7 before injection. This noteworthy property arises from the fact that the insulin of insulin glargine type dissolved atpH 7 in the composition of the invention precipitates in subcutaneous medium by means of a change of composition of the medium. The factor triggering the precipitation of the insulin of insulin glargine type is no longer the pH modification, but a modification of composition of the environment during the passage of the pharmaceutical composition into the physiological medium. - By solving this problem of solubility at
pH 7, the present invention makes it possible: -
- to propose an injectable composition, intended for treating diabetes, comprising a basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5, in the form of a homogeneous solution at
pH 7, while retaining its biological activity and its action profile; - to propose a composition in the form of a formulation comprising a combination of a basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5 and a prandial insulin without modification of the activity profile of the prandial insulin which is soluble at pH 6-8 and unstable at acidic pH, while maintaining the basal action profile intrinsic to the basal insulin;
- to propose an injectable composition, intended for treating diabetes, additionally comprising a combination of a basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5 and a derivative or an analogue of a gastrointestinal hormone such as GLP-1 or “glucagon-like peptide-1”;
- for patients to reduce their number of injections;
- for the said compositions to satisfy the requirements of the American Pharmacopeia and European Pharmacopoeia.
- to propose an injectable composition, intended for treating diabetes, comprising a basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5, in the form of a homogeneous solution at
- Surprisingly, in insulin combinations of insulin glargine type with a prandial insulin, which are subject-matters of the invention, the rapid action of the prandial insulin is preserved despite the precipitation of the insulin of insulin glargine type in subcutaneous medium.
- The invention relates to a composition in the form of an injectable aqueous solution, the pH of which is between 6.0 and 8.0, comprising at least:
-
- a) a basal insulin, the isoelectric point pI of which is between 5.8 and 8.5;
- b) a dextran substituted by radicals carrying carboxylate charges and hydrophobic radicals of formula I or of formula II:
-
- in which:
- R is —OH or chosen from the group consisting of the radicals:
- -(f-[A]-COOH)n;
- -(g-[B]-k-[D])m, D comprising at least one alkyl chain comprising at least 8 carbon atoms;
- n represents the degree of substitution of the glucoside units by -f-[A]-COOH and 0.1≤n≤2;
- m represents the degree of substitution of the glucoside units by -g-[B]-k-[D] and 0<m≤0.5;
- q represents the degree of polymerization as glucoside units, that is to say the mean number of glucoside units per polysaccharide chain, and 3≤q≤50;
- -(f-[A]-COOH)n:
- -A- is a linear or branched radical comprising from 1 to 4 carbon atoms; the said -A- radical:
- being bonded to a glucoside unit via a functional group f chosen from the group consisting of ether, ester and carbamate functional groups;
- -(g-[B]-k-[D])m:
- -B- is a linear or branched, at least divalent, radical comprising from 1 to 4 carbon atoms; the said -B- radical:
- being bonded to a glucoside unit via a functional group g chosen from the group consisting of ether, ester and carbamate functional groups;
- being bonded to a -D radical via a functional group k; k chosen from the group consisting of ester, amide and carbamate functional groups; the said -D radical:
- being an -X(-l-Y)p radical, X being an at least divalent radical comprising from 1 to 12 atoms chosen from the group consisting of C, N and O atoms, optionally carrying carboxyl or amine functional groups and/or resulting from an amino acid, a dialcohol, a diamine or a mono- or polyethylene glycol mono- or diamine; Y being a linear or cyclic alkyl group, an alkylaryl or an arylalkyl, of 8 to 30 carbon atoms, optionally substituted by one or more C1 to C3 alkyl groups; p≥1 and l a functional group chosen from the group consisting of ester, amide and carbamate functional groups;
- f, g and k being identical or different;
- the free acid functional groups being in the form of salts of alkali metal cations chosen from the group consisting of Na+ and K+;
- and, when p=1, if Y is a C8 to C14 alkyl, then q*m≥2, if Y is a C15 alkyl, then q*m≥2; and if Y is a C16 to C20 alkyl, then q*m≥1;
- and, when p≥2, if Y is a C8 to C9 alkyl, then q*m≥2 and, if Y is a C10 to C16 alkyl, then q*m≥0.2;
- R is —OH or chosen from the group consisting of the radicals:
- in which:
-
- in which:
- R is —OH or a -(f-[A]-COOH)n radical:
- -A- is a linear or branched radical comprising from 1 to 4 carbon atoms; the said radical -A-:
- being bonded to a glucoside unit via a functional group f chosen from the group consisting of ether, ester or carbamate functional groups;
- n represents the degree of substitution of the glucoside units by -f-[A]-COOH and 0.1≤n≤2;
- R′ is chosen from the group consisting of the radicals:
- —C(O)NH-[E]-(o-[F])t;
- —CH2N(L)z-[E]-(o-[F])t;
- in which:
- z is a positive integer equal to 1 or 2,
- L is chosen from the group consisting of:
- —H and z is equal to 1, and/or
- -[A]-COOH and z is equal to 1 or 2, if f is an ether functional group,
- —CO-[A]-COOH and z is equal to 1 if f is an ester functional group, and
- —CO—NH-[A]-COOH and z is equal to 1 if f is a carbamate functional group;
- -[E]-(o-[F])t:
- -E- is a linear or branched, at least divalent, radical comprising from 1 to 8 carbon atoms and optionally comprising heteroatoms, such as O, N or S;
- -F- is a linear or cyclic alkyl group, an alkylaryl or an arylalkyl, of 12 to 30 carbon atoms, optionally substituted by one or more C1 to C3 alkyl groups;
- o is a functional group chosen from the group consisting of ether, ester, amide or carbamate functional groups;
- t is a positive integer equal to 1 or 2;
- q represents the degree of polymerization as glucoside units, that is to say the mean number of glucoside units per polysaccharide chain, and 3≤q≤50;
- the free acid functional groups being in the form of salts of alkali metal cations chosen from the group consisting of Na+ and K+
- when z=2, the nitrogen atom is in the form of a quaternary ammonium.
- R is —OH or a -(f-[A]-COOH)n radical:
- in which:
- In one embodiment, when p=1, if Y is a C21 to C30 group, then q*m≥1.
- In one embodiment, when p=1, if Y is a C21 to C30 group, then q*m≥0.1.
- In one embodiment, the -(f-[A]-COOH)n radical is such that:
-
- -A- is a radical comprising one carbon atom; the said -A- radical being bonded to a glucoside unit via a ether functional group f.
- In one embodiment, the -(g-[B]-k-[D])m radical is such that:
-
- -B- is a radical comprising one carbon atom; the said -B- radical being bonded to a glucoside unit via an ether functional group g, and
- X is a radical resulting from an amino acid.
- In one embodiment, the -(f-[A]-COOH)n radical is such that:
-
- -A- is a radical comprising one carbon atom; the said -A- radical being bonded to a glucoside unit via an ether functional group f, and
- the -(g-[B]-k-[D])m radical is such that:
- -B- is a radical comprising one carbon atom; the said -B- radical being bonded to a glucoside unit via an ether functional group g, and
- X is a radical resulting from an amino acid,
- k is an amide functional group.
- In one embodiment, the dextran substituted by radicals carrying carboxylate charges and hydrophobic radicals is of formula III:
-
- in which:
- R is —OH or chosen from the group consisting of the radicals:
- -(f-[A]-COOH)n;
- -(g-[B]-k-[D])m, D comprising at least one alkyl chain comprising at least 8 carbon atoms;
- n represents the degree of substitution of the glucoside units by -f-[A]-COOH and 0.1≤n≤2;
- m represents the degree of substitution of the glucoside units by -g-[B]-k-[D] and 0<m≤0.5;
- q represents the degree of polymerization as glucoside units, that is to say the mean number of glucoside units per polysaccharide chain, and 3≤q≤50;
- -(f-[A]-COOH)n:
- -A- is a linear or branched radical comprising from 1 to 4 carbon atoms; the said -A- radical:
- being bonded to a glucoside unit via a functional group f chosen from the group consisting of ether, ester and carbamate functional groups;
- -(g-[B]-k-[D])m:
- -B- is a linear or branched, at least divalent, radical comprising from 1 to 4 carbon atoms; the said -B- radical:
- being bonded to a glucoside unit via a functional group g chosen from the group consisting of ether, ester and carbamate functional groups;
- being bonded to a -D radical via a functional group k; k chosen from the group consisting of ester, amide and carbamate functional groups; the said -D radical:
- being an -X(-l-Y)p radical, X being an at least divalent radical comprising from 1 to 12 atoms chosen from the group consisting of C, N and O atoms, optionally carrying carboxyl or amine functional groups and/or resulting from an amino acid, a dialcohol, a diamine or a mono- or polyethylene glycol mono- or diamine; Y being a linear or cyclic alkyl group, an alkylaryl or an arylalkyl, of 8 to 20 carbon atoms, optionally substituted by one or more C1 to C3 alkyl groups; p≥1 and l a functional group chosen from the group consisting of ester, amide and carbamate functional groups;
- f, g and k being identical or different;
- the free acid functional groups being in the form of salts of alkali metal cations chosen from the group consisting of Na+ and K+;
- and, when p=1, if Y is a C8 to C14 alkyl, then q*m≥2, if Y is a C15 alkyl, then q*m≥2; and if Y is a C16 to C20 alkyl, then q*m≥1;
- and, when p≥2, if Y is a C8 to C11 alkyl, then q*m≥2 and, if Y is a C12 to C16 alkyl, then q*m≥0.3.
- R is —OH or chosen from the group consisting of the radicals:
- in which:
- In one embodiment, the dextran substituted by radicals carrying carboxylate charges and hydrophobic radicals is of formula IV:
-
- in which:
- R is —OH or chosen from the group consisting of the radicals:
- -(f-[A]-COOH)n;
- -(g-[B]-k-[D])m, D comprising at least one alkyl chain comprising at least 8 carbon atoms;
- n represents the degree of substitution of the hydroxyl —OH functional groups by -f-[A]-COOH per glucoside unit; and 0.1≤n≤2;
- m represents the degree of substitution of the hydroxyl —OH functional groups by -g-[B]-k-[D] per glucoside unit; and 0<m≤0.5;
- q represents the degree of polymerization as glucoside units, that is to say the mean number of glucoside units per polysaccharide chain, and 3≤q≤50;
- -(f-[A]-COOH)n:
- -A- is a linear or branched radical comprising from 1 to 4 carbon atoms; the said -A- radical:
- being bonded to a glucoside unit via a functional group f chosen from the group consisting of ether, ester and carbamate functional groups;
- -(g-[B]-k-[D])m:
- -B- is a linear or branched, at least divalent, radical comprising from 1 to 4 carbon atoms; the said -B- radical:
- being bonded to a glucoside unit via a functional group g chosen from the group consisting of ether, ester and carbamate functional groups;
- being bonded to a -D radical via a functional group k; k chosen from the group consisting of ester, amide and carbamate functional groups; the said -D radical:
- being an -X(-l-Y)p radical, X being an at least divalent radical comprising from 1 to 12 atoms chosen from the group consisting of C, N and O atoms, optionally carrying carboxyl or amine functional groups and/or resulting from an amino acid, a dialcohol, a diamine or a mono- or polyethylene glycol mono- or diamine; Y being a linear or cyclic alkyl group, an alkylaryl or an arylalkyl, of 8 to 30 carbon atoms, optionally substituted by one or more C1 to C3 alkyl groups; p≥1 and l a functional group chosen from the group consisting of ester, amide and carbamate functional groups;
- f, g and k being identical or different;
- the free acid functional groups being in the form of salts of alkali metal cations chosen from the group consisting of Na+ and K+;
- and, when p=1, if Y is a C8 to C14 alkyl, then q*m≥2, if Y is a C15 alkyl, then q*m≥2; and if Y is a C16 to C30 alkyl, then q*m≥1;
- and, when p≥2, if Y is a C8 to C9 alkyl, then q*m≥2 and, if Y is a C10 to C16 alkyl, then q*m≥0.2.
- R is —OH or chosen from the group consisting of the radicals:
- in which:
- The structure drawn corresponds to the representation commonly used to represent dextran, which is a polysaccharide predominantly composed of (1,6) linkages between glucoside units, which is the representation adopted. Dextran also comprises (1,3) linkages at approximately 5% in general, which are deliberately not represented but which are, of course, included within the scope of the invention.
- The term “basal insulin” whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5 is understood to mean an insulin which is insoluble at
pH 7 and which has a duration of action of between 8 and 24 hours or more in the standard models of diabetes. - These basal insulins whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5 are recombinant insulins, the primary structure of which has been modified mainly by introduction of basic amino acids, such as arginine or lysine. They are described, for example, in the following patents, patent applications or publications: WO 2003/053339, WO 2004/096854, U.S. Pat. No. 5,656,722 and U.S. Pat. No. 6,100,376.
- In one embodiment, the basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5 is insulin glargine.
- In one embodiment, the compositions according to the invention comprise 100 IU/ml (i.e., approximately 3.6 mg/ml) of basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5.
- In one embodiment, the compositions according to the invention comprise 40 IU/ml of basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5.
- In one embodiment, the compositions according to the invention comprise 200 IU/ml of basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5.
- In one embodiment, the compositions according to the invention comprise 300 IU/ml of basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5.
- In one embodiment, the compositions according to the invention comprise 400 IU/ml of basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5.
- In one embodiment, the compositions according to the invention comprise 500 IU/ml of basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5.
- In one embodiment, the ratio by weight of the basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5 to the substituted dextran, i.e. substituted dextran/basal insulin, is between 0.2 and 5.
- In one embodiment, the ratio by weight of the basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5 to the substituted dextran, i.e. substituted dextran/basal insulin, is between 0.2 and 4.
- In one embodiment, the ratio by weight of the basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5 to the substituted dextran, i.e. substituted dextran/basal insulin, is between 0.2 and 3.
- In one embodiment, the ratio by weight of the basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5 to the substituted dextran, i.e. substituted dextran/basal insulin, is between 0.5 and 3.
- In one embodiment, the ratio by weight of the basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5 to the substituted dextran, i.e. substituted dextran/basal insulin, is between 0.8 and 3.
- In one embodiment, the ratio by weight of the basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5 to the substituted dextran, i.e. substituted dextran/basal insulin, is between 1 and 3.
- In one embodiment, the concentration of substituted dextran is between 1 and 100 mg/ml.
- In one embodiment, the concentration of substituted dextran is between 1 and 80 mg/ml.
- In one embodiment, the concentration of substituted dextran is between 1 and 60 mg/ml.
- In one embodiment, the concentration of substituted dextran is between 1 and 50 mg/ml.
- In one embodiment, the concentration of substituted dextran is between 1 and 30 mg/ml.
- In one embodiment, the concentration of substituted dextran is between 1 and 20 mg/ml.
- In one embodiment, the concentration of substituted dextran is between 1 and 10 mg/ml.
- In one embodiment, the concentration of polysaccharide is between 5 and 20 mg/ml.
- In one embodiment, the concentration of polysaccharide is between 5 and 10 mg/ml.
- In one embodiment, the compositions according to the invention additionally comprise a prandial insulin. Prandial insulins are soluble at
pH 7. - The term “prandial insulin” is understood to mean a “rapid” or “regular” insulin.
- “Rapid” prandial insulins are insulins which must meet the needs brought about by the ingestion of proteins and carbohydrates during a meal; they have to act in less than 30 minutes.
- In one embodiment, “regular” prandial insulins are chosen from the group consisting of Humulin® (human insulin) and Novolin® (human insulin).
- “Fast-acting” prandial insulins are insulins which are obtained by recombination and which are modified in order to reduce their action time.
- In one embodiment, “fast-acting” prandial insulins are chosen from the group consisting of insulin lispro (Humalog®), insulin glulisine (Apidra®) and insulin aspart (NovoLog®).
- In one embodiment, the compositions according to the invention comprise, in total, 100 IU/ml (i.e., approximately 3.6 mg/ml) of insulin with a combination of prandial insulin and basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5.
- In one embodiment, the compositions according to the invention comprise, in total, 40 IU/ml of insulin with a combination of prandial insulin and basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5.
- In one embodiment, the compositions according to the invention comprise, in total, 200 IU/ml of insulin with a combination of prandial insulin and basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5.
- In one embodiment, the compositions according to the invention comprise, in total, 300 IU/ml of insulin with a combination of prandial insulin and basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5.
- In one embodiment, the compositions according to the invention comprise, in total, 400 IU/ml of insulin with a combination of prandial insulin and basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5.
- In one embodiment, the compositions according to the invention comprise, in total, 500 IU/ml of insulin with a combination of prandial insulin and basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5.
- In one embodiment, the compositions according to the invention comprise, in total, 600 IU/ml of insulin with a combination of prandial insulin and basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5.
- In one embodiment, the compositions according to the invention comprise, in total, 700 IU/ml of insulin with a combination of prandial insulin and basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5.
- In one embodiment, the compositions according to the invention comprise, in total, 800 IU/ml of insulin with a combination of prandial insulin and basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5.
- The proportions between the basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5 and the prandial insulin, expressed as percentage with respect to the total amount of insulin, are, for example, 25/75, 30/70, 40/60, 50/50, 60/40, 70/30, 80/20 and 90/10 for the formulations as described above from 40 to 800 IU/ml. However, any other proportion can be produced.
- For a formulation comprising 100 IU/ml as total insulin, the proportions between the basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5 and the prandial insulin are, for example, in IU/ml, 25/75, 30/70, 40/60, 50/50, 60/40, 70/30, 80/20 or 90/10. However, any other proportion can be produced.
- In one embodiment, the composition according to the invention additionally comprises a GLP-1, a GLP-1 analogue or a GLP-1 derivative.
- In one embodiment, the GLP-1 analogues or derivatives are chosen from the group consisting of exenatide or Byetta®, developed by Eli Lilly & Co and Amylin Pharmaceuticals, liraglutide or Victoza® developed by Novo Nordisk, or lixisenatide or Lyxumia® developed by Sanofi, their analogues or derivatives and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
- In one embodiment, the GLP-1 analogue or derivative is exenatide or Byetta®, its analogues or derivatives and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
- In one embodiment, the GLP-1 analogue or derivative is liraglutide or Victoza®, its analogues or derivatives and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
- In one embodiment, the GLP-1 analogue or derivative is lixisenatide or Lyxumia®, its analogues or derivatives and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
- The term “analogue” is understood to mean, when it is used with reference to a peptide or a protein, a peptide or a protein in which one or more constituent amino acid residues have been replaced by other amino acid residues and/or from which one or more constituent amino acid residues have been deleted and/or to which one or more constituent amino acid residues have been added. The percentage of homology accepted for the present definition of an analogue is 50%.
- The term “derivative” is understood to mean, when it is used with reference to a peptide or protein, a peptide or a protein or an analogue chemically modified by a substituent which is not present in the reference peptide or protein or analogue, that is to stay a peptide or a protein which has been modified by creation of covalent bonds, in order to introduce substituents.
- In one embodiment, the concentration of GLP-1, of GLP-1 analogue or of GLP-1 derivative is within a range from 0.01 to 10 mg/ml.
- In one embodiment, the concentration of exenatide, its analogues or derivatives and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts is within a range from 0.05 to 0.5 mg/ml.
- In one embodiment, the concentration of liraglutide, its analogues or derivatives and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts is within a range from 1 to 10 mg/ml.
- In one embodiment, the concentration of lixisenatide, its analogues or derivatives and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts is within a range from 0.01 to 1 mg/ml.
- In one embodiment, the compositions according to the invention are produced by mixing commercial solutions of basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5 and commercial solutions of GLP-1, of GLP-1 analogue or of GLP-1 derivative in ratios by volume within a range from 10/90 to 90/10.
- In one embodiment, the composition according to the invention comprises a daily dose of basal insulin and a daily dose of GLP-1, GLP-1 analogue or GLP-1 derivative.
- In one embodiment, the compositions according to the invention comprise 500 IU/ml of basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5 and from 0.05 to 0.5 mg/ml of exenatide.
- In one embodiment, the compositions according to the invention comprise 500 IU/ml of basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5 and from 1 to 10 mg/ml of liraglutide.
- In one embodiment, the compositions according to the invention comprise 500 IU/ml of basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5 and from 0.05 to 0.5 mg/ml of lixisenatide.
- In one embodiment, the compositions according to the invention comprise 100 IU/ml of basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5 and from 0.05 to 0.5 mg/ml of exenatide.
- In one embodiment, the compositions according to the invention comprise 100 IU/ml of basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5 and from 1 to 10 mg/ml of liraglutide.
- In one embodiment, the compositions according to the invention comprise 100 IU/ml of basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5 and from 0.05 to 0.5 mg/ml of lixisenatide.
- In one embodiment, the compositions according to the invention comprise 40 IU/ml of basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5 and from 0.05 à 0.5 mg/ml of exenatide.
- In one embodiment, the compositions according to the invention comprise 40 IU/ml of basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5 and from 1 to 10 mg/ml of liraglutide.
- In one embodiment, the compositions according to the invention comprise 40 IU/ml of basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5 and from 0.05 à 0.5 mg/ml of lixisenatide.
- In one embodiment, the compositions according to the invention comprise 200 IU/ml of basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5 and from 0.05 to 0.5 mg/ml of exenatide.
- In one embodiment, the compositions according to the invention comprise 200 IU/ml of basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5 and from 1 to 10 mg/ml of liraglutide.
- In one embodiment, the compositions according to the invention comprise 200 IU/ml of basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5 and from 0.05 to 0.5 mg/ml of lixisenatide.
- In one embodiment, the compositions according to the invention additionally comprise zinc salts at a concentration of between 0 and 5000 μM.
- In one embodiment, the compositions according to the invention additionally comprise zinc salts at a concentration of between 50 and 4000 μM.
- In one embodiment, the compositions according to the invention additionally comprise zinc salts at a concentration of between 200 and 3000 μM.
- In one embodiment, the compositions according to the invention additionally comprise zinc salts at a concentration of between 0 and 1000 μM.
- In one embodiment, the compositions according to the invention additionally comprise zinc salts at a concentration of between 20 and 600 μM.
- In one embodiment, the compositions according to the invention additionally comprise zinc salts at a concentration of between 50 and 500 μM.
- In one embodiment, the compositions according to the invention comprise buffers chosen from the group consisting of Tris, citrates and phosphates at concentrations of between 0 and 100 mM, preferably between 0 and 50 mM or between 15 and 50 mM.
- In one embodiment, the compositions according to the invention additionally comprise preservatives.
- In one embodiment, the preservatives are chosen from the group consisting of m-cresol and phenol, alone or as a mixture.
- In one embodiment, the concentration of the preservatives is between 10 and 50 mM.
- In one embodiment, the concentration of the preservatives is between 10 and 40 mM.
- The compositions according to the invention can additionally comprise additives, such as tonicity agents, such as glycerol, NaCl, mannitol and glycine.
- The compositions according to the invention can additionally comprise additives in accordance with the pharmacopoeias, such as surfactants, for example polysorbate.
- The compositions according to the invention can additionally comprise all the excipients in accordance with the pharmacopoeias which are compatible with the insulins used at the concentrations of use.
- In one embodiment, 0.3≤n≤1.7.
- In one embodiment, 0.7≤n≤1.5.
- In one embodiment, 0.9≤n≤1.2.
- In one embodiment, 0.01≤m≤0.5.
- In one embodiment, 0.02≤m≤0.4.
- In one embodiment, 0.03≤m≤0.3.
- In one embodiment, 0.05≤m≤0.2.
- In one embodiment, 3≤q≤50.
- In one embodiment, 3≤q≤40.
- In one embodiment, 3≤q≤30.
- In one embodiment, 3≤q≤20.
- In one embodiment, 3≤q≤10.
- In one embodiment, the -(f-[A]-COOH)n radical is chosen from the group consisting of the following sequences, f having the meaning given above:
- In one embodiment, the -(g-[B]-k-[D])m radical is chosen from the group consisting of the following sequences, g, k and D having the meanings given above:
- In one embodiment, D is such that the X radical is an at least divalent radical resulting from an amino acid.
- In one embodiment, D is such that the X radical is an at least divalent radical resulting from an amino acid chosen from the group consisting of glycine, leucine, phenylalanine, lysine, isoleucine, alanine, valine, aspartic acid and glutamic acid.
- The radicals resulting from amino acids can be either laevorotatory or dextrorotatory.
- In one embodiment, D is such that the X radical is an at least divalent radical resulting from a mono- or polyethylene glycol.
- In one embodiment, D is such that the X radical is an at least divalent radical resulting from ethylene glycol.
- In one embodiment, D is such that the X radical is an at least divalent radical resulting from a polyethylene glycol chosen from the group consisting of diethylene glycol and triethylene glycol.
- In one embodiment, D is such that the X radical is an at least divalent radical resulting from a mono- or polyethylene glycol amine.
- In one embodiment, D is such that the X radical is an at least divalent radical resulting from a mono- or polyethylene glycol amine chosen from the group consisting of ethanolamine, diethylene glycol amine and triethylene glycol amine.
- In one embodiment, D is such that the X radical is an at least divalent radical resulting from a mono- or polyethylene glycol diamine.
- In one embodiment, D is such that the X radical is an at least divalent radical resulting from ethylenediamine.
- In one embodiment, D is such that the X radical is an at least divalent radical resulting from a mono- or polyethylene glycol diamine chosen from the group consisting of diethylene glycol diamine and triethylene glycol diamine.
- In one embodiment, D is such that the Y group is an alkyl group resulting from a hydrophobic alcohol.
- In one embodiment, D is such that the Y group is an alkyl group resulting from a hydrophobic alcohol chosen from the group consisting of octanol (capryl alcohol), 3,7-dimethyloctan-1-ol, decanol (decyl alcohol), dodecanol (lauryl alcohol), tetradecanol (myristyl alcohol) and hexadecanol (cetyl alcohol).
- In one embodiment, D is such that the Y group is an alkyl group resulting from a hydrophobic acid.
- In one embodiment, D is such that the Y group is an alkyl group resulting from a hydrophobic acid chosen from the group consisting of decanoic acid, dodecanoic acid, tetradecanoic acid and hexadecanoic acid.
- In one embodiment, D is such that the Y group is a group resulting from a sterol.
- In one embodiment, D is such that the Y group is a group resulting from a sterol chosen from the group consisting of cholesterol and its derivatives.
- In one embodiment, D is such that the Y group is a group resulting from a tocopherol.
- In one embodiment, D is such that the Y group is a group resulting from a tocopherol derivative chosen from the racemate, the L isomer or the D isomer of α-tocopherol.
- In one embodiment, D is such that the X radical results from glycine, p=1, the Y group results from octanol and the functional group l is an ester functional group.
- In one embodiment, D is such that the X radical results from glycine, p=1, the Y group results from dodecanol and the functional group l is an ester functional group.
- In one embodiment, D is such that the X radical results from glycine, p=1, the Y group results from hexadecanol and the functional group l is an ester functional group.
- In one embodiment, D is such that the X radical results from phenylalanine, p=1, the Y group results from octanol and the functional group l is an ester functional group.
- In one embodiment, D is such that the X radical results from phenylalanine, p=1, the Y group results from 3,7-dimethyloctan-1-ol and the functional group l is an ester functional group.
- In one embodiment, D is such that the X radical results from aspartic acid, p=2, the Y groups result from octanol and the functional groups l are ester functional groups.
- In one embodiment, D is such that the X radical results from aspartic acid, p=2, the Y groups result from decanol and the functional groups l are ester functional groups.
- In one embodiment, D is such that the X radical results from aspartic acid, p=2, the Y groups result from dodecanol and the functional groups l are ester functional groups.
- In one embodiment, D is such that the X radical results from ethylenediamine, the Y group results from dodecanoic acid and the functional group l is an amide functional group.
- In one embodiment, D is such that the X radical results from diethylene glycol amine, p=1, the Y group results from dodecanoic acid and the functional group l is an ester functional group.
- In one embodiment, D is such that the X radical results from triethylene glycol diamine, p=1, the Y group results from dodecanoic acid and the functional group l is an amide functional group.
- In one embodiment, D is such that the X radical results from triethylene glycol diamine, p=1, the Y group results from hexadecanoic acid and the functional group l is an amide functional group.
- In one embodiment, D is such that the X radical results from leucine, p=1, the Y group results from cholesterol and the functional group l is an ester functional group.
- In one embodiment, D is such that X results from ethylenediamine, p=1, the Y group results from cholesterol and the functional group l is a carbamate functional group.
- In one embodiment, the E radical is an at least divalent radical resulting from an amino acid chosen from the group consisting of glycine, leucine, phenylalanine, lysine, isoleucine, alanine, valine, serine, threonine, aspartic acid and glutamic acid.
- The radicals resulting from amino acids can be either laevorotatory or dextrorotatory.
- In one embodiment, the E radical is an at least divalent radical resulting from a mono- or polyethylene glycol amine.
- In one embodiment, the E radical is an at least divalent radical resulting from a mono- or polyethylene glycol amine chosen from the group consisting of ethanolamine, diethylene glycol amine and triethylene glycol amine.
- In one embodiment, the E radical is an at least divalent radical resulting from a mono- or polyethylene glycol diamine.
- In one embodiment, the E radical is an at least divalent radical resulting from ethylenediamine.
- In one embodiment, the E radical is an at least divalent radical resulting from a mono- or polyethylene glycol diamine chosen from the group consisting of diethylene glycol diamine and triethylene glycol diamine.
- In one embodiment, the F group is an alkyl group resulting from a hydrophobic alcohol.
- In one embodiment, the F group is a group resulting from a hydrophobic alcohol chosen from the group consisting of dodecanol (lauryl alcohol), tetradecanol (myristyl alcohol) and hexadecanol (cetyl alcohol).
- In one embodiment, the F group is a group resulting from a hydrophobic acid.
- In one embodiment, the F group is a group resulting from a hydrophobic acid chosen from the group consisting of dodecanoic acid, tetradecanoic acid and hexadecanoic acid.
- In one embodiment, the F group is a group resulting from a sterol.
- In one embodiment, the F group is a group resulting from a sterol chosen from the group consisting of cholesterol and its derivatives.
- In one embodiment, the F group is a group resulting from a tocopherol.
- In one embodiment, the F group is a group resulting from a tocopherol derivative chosen from the racemate, the L isomer or the D isomer of α-tocopherol.
- In one embodiment, the E radical results from ethylenediamine, t=1, o is a carbamate functional group and the F group results from cholesterol.
- In one embodiment:
-
- -(f-[A]-COOH)n is such that A is the —CH2— radical and f is an ether functional group;
- -(g-[B]-k-[D])m is such that g is an ether functional group, B is the —CH2— radical, k is an amide functional group and D is such that X results from glycine, l is an ester functional group and Y results from octanol;
- q=38, n=0.9 and m=0.2.
- In one embodiment:
-
- -(f-[A]-COOH)n is such that A is the —CH2— radical and f is an ether functional group;
- -(g-[B]-k-[D])m is such that g is an ether functional group, B is the —CH2— radical, k is an amide functional group and D is such that X results from glycine, p=1, l is an ester functional group and Y results from hexadecanol;
- q=19, n=1.0 and m=0.1.
- In one embodiment:
-
- -(f-[A]-COOH)n is such that A is the —CH2— radical and f is an ether functional group;
- -(g-[B]-k-[D])m is such that g is an ether functional group, B is the —CH2— radical, k is an amide functional group and D is such that X results from phenylalanine, p=1, l is an ester functional group and Y results from octanol;
- q=38, n=1.0 and m=0.1.
- In one embodiment:
-
- -(f-[A]-COOH)n is such that A is the —CH2— radical and f is an ether functional group;
- -(g-[B]-k-[D])m is such that g is an ether functional group, B is the —CH2— radical, k is an amide functional group and D is such that X results from phenylalanine, p=1, l is an ester functional group and Y results from octanol;
- q=19, n=1.0 and m=0.2.
- In one embodiment:
-
- -(f-[A]-COOH)n is such that A is the —CH2— radical and f is an ether functional group;
- -(g-[B]-k-[D])m is such that g is an ether functional group, B is the —CH2— radical, k is an amide functional group and D is such that X results from phenylalanine, p=1, l is an ester functional group and Y results from 3,7-dimethyloctan-1-ol;
- q=38, n=1.0 and m=0.1.
- In one embodiment:
-
- -(f-[A]-COOH)n is such that A is the —CH2— radical and f is an ether functional group;
- -(g-[B]-k-[D])m is such that g is an ether functional group, B is the —CH2— radical, k is an amide functional group and D is such that X results from aspartic acid, p=2, l are ester functional groups and Y result from octanol;
- q=38, n=1.05 and m=0.05.
- In one embodiment:
-
- -(f-[A]-COOH)n is such that A is the —CH2— radical and f is an ether functional group;
- -(g-[B]-k-[D])m is such that g is an ether functional group, B is the —CH2— radical, k is an amide functional group and D is such that X results from aspartic acid, p=2, l are ester functional groups and Y result from decanol;
- q=38, n=1.05 and m=0.05.
- In one embodiment:
-
- -(f-[A]-COOH)n is such that A is the —CH2— radical and f is an ether functional group;
- -(g-[B]-k-[D])m is such that g is an ether functional group, B is the —CH2— radical, k is an amide functional group and D is such that X results from aspartic acid, p=2, l are ester functional groups and Y result from dodecanol;
- q=19, n=1.05 and m=0.05.
- In one embodiment:
-
- -(f-[A]-COOH)n is such that A is the —CH2— radical and f is an ether functional group;
- -(g-[B]-k-[D])m is such that g is an ether functional group, B is the —CH2— radical, k is an amide functional group and D is such that X results from ethylenediamine, p=1, l is an amide functional group and Y results from dodecanoic acid;
- q=38, n=1.0 and m=0.1.
- In one embodiment:
-
- -(f-[A]-COOH)n is such that A is the —CH2—CH2— radical and f is an ester functional group;
- -(g-[B]-k-[D])m is such that g is an ester functional group, B is the —CH2—CH2— radical, k is an amide functional group and D is such that X results from glycine, p=1, l is an ester functional group and Y results from dodecanol;
- q=38, n=1.3 and m=0.1.
- In one embodiment:
-
- -(f-[A]-COOH)n is such that A is the —CH2— radical and f is a carbamate functional group;
- -(g-[B]-k-[D])m is such that g is a carbamate functional group, B is the —CH2— radical, k is an amide functional group and D is such that X results from aspartic acid, p=2, l are ester functional groups and Y result from octanol;
- q=38, n=1.3 and m=0.1.
- In one embodiment:
-
- -(f-[A]-COOH)n is such that A is the —CH2— radical and f is an ether functional group;
- -(g-[B]-k-[D])m is such that g is an ether functional group, B is the —CH2— radical, k is an amide functional group and D is such that X results from aspartic acid, p=2, l are ester functional groups and Y result from dodecanol;
- q=4, n=0.96 and m=0.07.
- In one embodiment:
-
- -(f-[A]-COOH)n is such that A is the —CH2— radical and f is an ether functional group;
- -(g-[B]-k-[D])m is such that g is an ether functional group, B is the —CH2— radical, k is an amide functional group and D is such that X results from diethylene glycol amine, p=1, l is an ester functional group and Y results from dodecanoic acid;
- q=38, n=1.0 and m=0.1.
- In one embodiment:
-
- -(f-[A]-COOH)n is such that A is the —CH2— radical and f is an ether functional group;
- -(g-[B]-k-[D])m is such that g is an ether functional group, B is the —CH2— radical, k is an amide functional group and D is such that X results from triethylene glycol diamine, p=1, l is an amide functional group and Y results from dodecanoic acid;
- q=38, n=1.0 and m=0.1.
- In one embodiment:
-
- -(f-[A]-COOH)n is such that A is the —CH2— radical and f is an ether functional group;
- -(g-[B]-k-[D])m is such that g is an ether functional group, B is the —CH2— radical, k is an amide functional group and D is such that X results from triethylene glycol diamine, p=1, l is an amide functional group and Y results from hexadecanoic acid;
- q=38, n=1.05 and m=0.05.
- In one embodiment:
-
- -(f-[A]-COOH)n is such that A is the —CH2— radical and f is an ether functional group;
- -(g-[B]-k-[D])m is such that g is an ether functional group, B is the —CH2— radical, k is an amide functional group and D is such that X results from glycine, p=1, l is an ester functional group and Y results from hexadecanol;
- q=19, n=1.05 and m=0.05.
- In one embodiment:
-
- -(f-[A]-COOH)n is such that A is the —CH2— radical and f is an ether functional group;
- -(g-[B]-k-[D])m is such that g is an ether functional group, B is the —CH2— radical, k is an amide functional group and D is such that X results from glycine, p=1, l is an ester functional group and Y results from hexadecanol;
- q=38, n=0.37 and m=0.05.
- In one embodiment:
-
- -(f-[A]-COOH)n is such that A is the —CH2— radical and f is an ether functional group;
- -(g-[B]-k-[D])m is such that g is an ether functional group, B is the —CH2— radical, k is an amide functional group and D is such that X results from leucine, p=1, l is an ester functional group and Y results from cholesterol;
- q=19, n=1.61 and m=0.04.
- In one embodiment:
-
- -(f-[A]-COOH)n is such that A is the —CH2— radical and f is an ether functional group;
- -(g-[B]-k-[D])m is such that g is an ether functional group, B is the —CH2— radical, k is an amide functional group and D is such that X results from leucine, p=1, l is an ester functional group and Y results from cholesterol;
- q=19, n=1.06 and m=0.04.
- In one embodiment:
-
- -(f-[A]-COOH)n is such that A is the —CH2— radical and f is an ether functional group;
- -(g-[B]-k-[D])m is such that g is an ether functional group, B is the —CH2— radical, k is an amide functional group and D is such that X results from leucine, p=1, l is an ester functional group and Y results from cholesterol;
- q=19, n=0.66 and m=0.04.
- In one embodiment:
-
- -(f-[A]-COOH)n is such that A is the —CH2— radical and f is an ether functional group;
- -(g-[B]-k-[D])m is such that g is an ether functional group, B is the —CH2— radical, k is an amide functional group and D is such that X results from leucine, p=1, l is an ester functional group and Y results from cholesterol;
- q=19, n=0.46 and m=0.04.
- In one embodiment:
-
- -(f-[A]-COOH)n is such that A is the —CH2— radical and f is an ether functional group;
- -(g-[B]-k-[D])m is such that g is an ether functional group, B is the —CH2— radical, k is an amide functional group and D is such that X results from leucine, p=1, l is an ester functional group and Y results from cholesterol;
- q=4, n=1.61 and m=0.05.
- In one embodiment:
-
- -(f-[A]-COOH)n is such that A is the —CH2— radical and f is an ether functional group;
- -(g-[B]-k-[D])m is such that g is an ether functional group, B is the —CH2— radical, k is an amide functional group and D is such that X results from ethylenediamine, p=1, l is a carbamate functional group and Y results from cholesterol;
- q=19, n=1.61 and m=0.04.
- In one embodiment:
-
- -(f-[A]-COOH)n is such that A is the —CH2— radical and f is a carbamate functional group;
- -(g-[B]-k-[D])m is such that g is a carbamate functional group, B is the —CH2— radical, k is an amide functional group and D is such that X results from leucine, p=1, l is an ester functional group and Y results from cholesterol;
- q=19, n=1.96 and m=0.04.
- In one embodiment:
-
- -(f-[A]-COOH)n is such that A is the —CH2— radical and f is an ether functional group;
- -[E]-(o-[F])t is such that E results from ethylenediamine, o is a carbamate functional group and F results from cholesterol;
- q=19 and n=1.65.
- In one embodiment:
-
- -(f-[A]-COOH)n is such that A is the —CH2— radical and f is an ether functional group;
- -(g-[B]-k-[D])m is such that g is an ether functional group, B is the —CH2— radical, k is an amide functional group and D is such that X results from leucine, p=1, l is an ester functional group and Y results from cholesterol;
- q=38, n=0.99 and m=0.05.
- In one embodiment:
-
- -(f-[A]-COOH)n is such that A is the —CH2— radical and f is an ether functional group;
- -(g-[B]-k-[D])m is such that g is an ether functional group, B is the —CH2— radical, k is an amide functional group and D is such that X results from aspartic acid, p=2, l are ester functional groups and Y result from dodecanol;
- q=4, n=1.41 and m=0.16.
- In one embodiment:
-
- -(f-[A]-COOH)n is such that A is the —CH2— radical and f is an ether functional group;
- -(g-[B]-k-[D])m is such that g is an ether functional group, B is the —CH2— radical, k is an amide functional group and D is such that X results from aspartic acid, p=2, l are ester functional groups and Y result from dodecanol;
- q=4, n=1.50 and m=0.07.
- In one embodiment:
-
- -(f-[A]-COOH)n is such that A is the —CH2— radical and f is an ether functional group;
- -(g-[B]-k-[D])m is such that g is an ether functional group, B is the —CH2— radical, k is an amide functional group and D is such that X results from aspartic acid, p=2, l are ester functional groups and Y result from decanol;
- q=4, n=1.05 and m=0.05.
- In one embodiment, the compositions according to the invention comprise a dextran chosen from the group consisting of the following dextrans of formula I, III or IV:
- Sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate modified by octyl glycinate,
- Sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate modified by cetyl glycinate,
- Sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate modified by octyl phenylalaninate,
- Sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate modified by 3,7-dimethyl-1-octyl phenylalaninate,
- Sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate modified by dioctyl aspartate,
- Sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate modified by didecyl aspartate,
- Sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate modified by dilauryl aspartate,
- Sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate modified by N-(2-aminoethyl)dodecanamide,
- Sodium dextransuccinate modified by lauryl glycinate,
- N-(sodium methylcarboxylate) dextran carbamate modified by dioctyl aspartate,
- Sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate modified by 2-(2-aminoethoxy)ethyl dodecanoate,
- Sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate modified by 2-(2-{2-[dodecanoylamino]ethoxy}ethoxy)ethylamine,
- Sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate modified by 2-(2-{2-[hexadecanoylamino]ethoxy}ethoxy)ethylamine,
- Sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate modified by cholesteryl leucinate,
- Sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate modified by cholesteryl 1-ethylenediaminecarboxylate,
- N-(sodium methylcarboxylate) dextran carbamate modified by cholesteryl leucinate.
- In one embodiment, the compositions according to the invention comprise a dextran chosen from the group consisting of the dextran of the following formula II:
- Sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate modified by cholesteryl 1-ethylenediaminecarboxylate grafted by reductive amination to the reducing chain end.
- The invention also relates to single-dose formulations at a pH of between 6.6 and 7.8 comprising a basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5 and a prandial insulin.
- The invention also relates to single-dose formulations at a pH of between 7 and 7.8 comprising a basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5 and a prandial insulin.
- In one embodiment, the basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5 is insulin glargine.
- In one embodiment, the prandial insulin is chosen from the group consisting of Humulin® (human insulin) and Novolin® (human insulin).
- In one embodiment, the prandial insulin is chosen from the group consisting of insulin lispro (Humalog®), insulin glulisine (Apidra®) and insulin aspart (NovoLog®).
- The dissolution at a pH of between 6.6 and 7.8 of the basal insulins whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5 by the polysaccharides of formula I, II, III or IV can be observed and controlled in a simple way, with the naked eye, by virtue of a change in appearance of the solution
- The dissolution at a pH of between 7 and 7.8 of the basal insulins whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5 by the polysaccharides of formula I, II, III or IV can be observed and controlled in a simple way, with the naked eye, by virtue of a change in appearance of the solution.
- Furthermore and just as importantly, the Applicant Company has been able to confirm that a basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5, dissolved in the presence of a polysaccharide of formula I, II, III or IV, had lost none of its slow insulin action.
- The preparation of a composition according to the invention exhibits the advantage of being able to be carried out by simple mixing of an aqueous solution of basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5, of a solution of prandial insulin and of a polysaccharide of formula I, II, III or IV in aqueous solution or in the lyophilized form. If necessary, the pH of the preparation is adjusted to
pH 7. - The preparation of a composition according to the invention exhibits the advantage of being able to be carried out by simple mixing of an aqueous solution of basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5, of a polysaccharide of formula I, II, III or IV in aqueous solution or in the lyophilized form, and of a prandial insulin in aqueous solution or in the lyophilized form.
- In one embodiment, the mixture of basal insulin and polysaccharide is concentrated by ultrafiltration before mixing with the prandial insulin in aqueous solution or in the lyophilized form.
- If necessary, the composition of the mixture is adjusted in excipients, such as glycerol, m-cresol, zinc chloride and tween, by addition of concentrated solutions of these excipients to the mixture. If necessary, the pH of the preparation is adjusted to 7.
-
FIGS. 1 to 6 present the results obtained in the form of pharmacodynamic curves for glucose. The axis of the ordinates represents the Dglucose (expressed in mM) as a function of the post-injection time (expressed in minutes). -
FIG. 1 : Mean+standard deviation of the mean curves for the sequential administrations of Apidra® and Lantus® (□) in comparison with a composition according to theinvention Polysaccharide 4/Lantus®/Apidra® (75/25) (▪). -
FIG. 2 : Apidra® Lantus® individual curves (tested on six pigs). -
FIG. 3 :Polysaccharide 4/Apidra®/Lantus® individual curves (tested on six pigs). -
FIG. 4 : Mean+standard deviation of the mean curves for the sequential administration of Humalog® and Lantus® (□) in comparison with the administration of a composition according to theinvention Polysaccharide 4/Humalog®/Lantus® (▪). -
FIG. 5 : Humalog® Lantus® individual curves (tested on six pigs). -
FIG. 6 :Polysaccharide 4/Humalog®/Lantus® individual curves (tested on five pigs). -
FIGS. 7 to 12 present the results obtained in the form of pharmacodynamic curves for glucose. The axis of the ordinates represents the Dglucose (expressed in mM) as a function of the post-injection time (expressed in hours). -
-
-
-
-
-
- Part A: Polysaccharides
- Table 1 below presents, in a nonlimiting way, examples of polysaccharides which can be used in the compositions according to the invention.
-
TABLE 1 SUBSTITUENTS —f—A—COONa POLYSACCHARIDES —g—B—k—D COMMON NAME Polysaccharide 1 q: 38 n: 0.9 m: 0.2 Sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate modified by octyl glycinate Polysaccharide 2 q: 19 n: 1.0 m: 0.1 Polysaccharide 16 q: 19 n: 1.05 m: 0.05 Polysaccharide 17 q: 38 n: 0.37 m: 0.05 Sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate modified by cetyl glycinate Polysaccharide 3 q: 38 n: 1.0 m: 0.1 Polysaccharide 4 q: 19 n: 1.0 m: 0.2 Sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate modified by octyl phenylalaninate Polysaccharide 5 q: 38 n: 1.0 m: 0.1 Sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate modified by 3,7-dimethyl-1- octyl phenylalaninate Polysaccharide 6 q: 38 n: 1.05 m: 0.05 Sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate modified by dioctyl aspartate Polysaccharide 7 q: 38 n: 1.05 m: 0.05 Polysaccharide 29 q: 4 n: 1.05 m: 0.05 Sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate modified by didecyl aspartate Polysaccharide 8 q: 19 n: 1.05 m: 0.05 Polysaccharide 27 q: 4 n: 1.41 m: 0.16 Polysaccharide 28 q: 4 n: 1.50 m: 0.07 Sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate modified by dilauryl aspartate Polysaccharide 9 q: 38 n: 1.0 m: 0.1 Sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate modified by N-(2- aminoethyl)dodecanamide Polysaccharide 10 q: 38 n: 1.3 m: 0.1 Sodium dextransuccinate modified by lauryl glycinate Polysaccharide 11 q: 38 n: 1.3 m: 0.1 N-(sodium methylcarboxylate) dextran carbamate modified by dioctyl aspartate Polysaccharide 12 q: 4 n: 0.96 m: 0.07 Sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate modified by dilauryl aspartate Polysaccharide 13 q: 38 n: 1.0 m: 0.1 Sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate modified by 2-(2- aminoethoxy)ethyl dodecanoate Polysaccharide 14 q: 38 n: 1.0 m: 0.1 Sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate modified by 2-(2-{2- [dodecanoylamino]ethoxy} ethoxy)ethylamine Polysaccharide 15 q: 38 n: 1.05 m: 0.05 Sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate modified by 2-(2-{2- [hexadecanoylamino]ethoxy} ethoxy)ethylamine Polysaccharide 18 q: 19 n: 1.61 m: 0.04 Polysaccharide 19 q: 19 n: 1.06 m: 0.04 Polysaccharide 20 q: 19 n: 0.66 m: 0.04 Polysaccharide 21 q: 19 n: 0.46 m: 0.04 Polysaccharide 22 q: 4 n: 1.61 m: 0.04 Polysaccharide 26 q: 38 n: 0.99 m: 0.05 Sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate modified by cholesteryl leucinate Polysaccharide 23 q: 19 n: 1.61 m: 0.04 Sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate modified by cholesteryl 1-ethylenediaminecarboxylate Polysaccharide 24 q: 19 n: 1.96 m: 0.04 N-(sodium methylcarboxylate) dextran carbamate modified by cholesteryl leucinate SUBSTITUENTS —f—A—COONa POLYSACCHARIDES —[E]—o—[F] COMMON NAME Polysaccharide 25 q: 19 n: 1.65 Sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate modified by cholesteryl 1-ethylenediaminecarboxylate grafted by reductive amination to the reducing chain end - 16 g (i.e., 296 mmol of hydroxyls) of dextran with a weight-average molar mass of approximately 10 kg/mol (q=38, Pharmacosmos) are dissolved in water at 420 g/l. 30 ml of 10N NaOH (296 mmol) are added to the solution. The mixture is brought to 35° C. and then 46 g (396 mmol) of sodium chloroacetate are added. The temperature of the reaction mixture is brought to 60° C. at 0.5° C./min and then maintained at 60° C. for 100 minutes. The reaction medium is diluted with 200 ml of water, neutralized with acetic acid and purified by ultrafiltration through a 5 kDa PES membrane against 6 volumes of water. The final solution is assayed by dry extract, to determine the concentration of polysaccharide, and then assayed by acid/base titration in 50/50 (V/V) water/acetone, to determine the mean number of methylcarboxylate units per glucoside unit.
- According to the dry extract: [polysaccharide]=31.5 mg/g.
- According to the acid/base titration: the mean number of methylcarboxylate units per glucoside unit is 1.1.
- The sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate solution is passed through a Purolite resin (anionic) in order to obtain dextranmethylcarboxylic acid, which is subsequently lyophilized for 18 hours.
- Octyl glycinate, para-toluenesulphonic acid salt, is obtained according to the process described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,826,818.
- 10 g of dextranmethylcarboxylic acid (44.86 mmol of methylcarboxylic acid) are dissolved in DMF at 60 g/l and then cooled to 0° C. 3.23 g of octyl glycinate, para-toluenesulphonic acid salt, (8.97 mmol) are suspended in DMF at 100 g/l. 0.91 g of triethylamine (8.97 mmol) is subsequently added to the suspension. Once the polysaccharide solution is at 0° C., a solution of NMM (5.24 g, 51.8 mmol) in DMF (530 g/l) and 5.62 g (51.8 mmol) of EtOCOCl are subsequently added. After reacting for 10 minutes, the octyl glycinate suspension is added. The medium is subsequently maintained at 10° C. for 45 minutes. The medium is subsequently heated to 30° C. A solution of imidazole (10.38 g in 17 ml of water) and 52 ml of water are added to the reaction medium. The polysaccharide solution is ultrafiltered through a 10 kDa PES membrane against 15 volumes of 0.9% NaCl solution and 5 volumes of water. The concentration of the polysaccharide solution is determined by dry extract. A fraction of solution is lyophilized and analyzed by 1H NMR in D2O in order to determine the degree of substitution of the methylcarboxylates to give octyl glycinate per glucoside unit.
- According to the dry extract: [Polysaccharide 1]=36.4 mg/g
- According to the acid/base titration: n=0.9
- According to the 1H NMR: m=0.2.
- Cetyl glycinate, para-toluenesulphonic acid salt, is obtained according to the process described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,826,818.
- A sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate, synthesized according to the process described in Example A1 using a dextran with a weight-average molecular weight of approximately 5 kg/mol (q=19, Pharmacosmos), modified by cetyl glycinate, is obtained by a process similar to that described in Example A1.
- According to the dry extract: [Polysaccharide 2]=15.1 mg/g
- According to the acid/base titration: n=1.05
- According to the 1H NMR: m=0.05.
- Octyl phenylalaninate, para-toluenesulphonic acid salt, is obtained according to the process described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,826,818.
- A sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate, synthesized according to the process described in Example A1 using a dextran with a weight-average molecular weight of approximately 10 kg/mol (q=38, Pharmacosmos), modified by octyl phenylalaninate, is obtained by a process similar to that described in Example A1.
- According to the dry extract: [Polysaccharide 3]=27.4 mg/g
- According to the acid/base titration: n=1.0
- According to the 1H NMR: m=0.1.
- A sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate, synthesized according to the process described in Example A1 using a dextran with a weight-average molecular weight of approximately 5 kg/mol (q=19, Pharmacosmos), modified by octyl phenylalaninate, is obtained by a process similar to that described in Example A3.
- According to the dry extract: [Polysaccharide 4]=21.8 mg/g
- According to the acid/base titration: n=1.0
- According to the 1H NMR: m=0.2.
- 3,7-dimethyl-1-octyl phenylalaninate, para-toluenesulphonic acid salt, is obtained according to the process described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,826,818.
- A sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate, synthesized according to the process described in Example A1 using a dextran with a weight-average molecular weight of approximately 10 kg/mol (q=38, Pharmacosmos), modified by 3,7-dimethyl-1-octyl phenylalaninate, is obtained by a process similar to that described in Example A1.
- According to the dry extract: [Polysaccharide 5]=24.3 mg/g
- According to the acid/base titration: n=1.0
- According to the 1H NMR: m=0.1.
- Dioctyl aspartate, para-toluenesulphonic acid salt, is obtained according to the process described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,826,818.
- A sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate, synthesized according to the process described in Example A1 using a dextran with a weight-average molecular weight of approximately 10 kg/mol (q=38, Pharmacosmos), modified by dioctyl aspartate, is obtained by a process similar to that described in Example A1.
- According to the dry extract: [Polysaccharide 6]=22.2 mg/g
- According to the acid/base titration: n=1.05
- According to the 1H NMR: m=0.05.
- Didecyl aspartate, para-toluenesulphonic acid salt, is obtained according to the process described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,826,818.
- A sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate, synthesized according to the process described in Example A1 using a dextran with a weight-average molecular weight of approximately 10 kg/mol (q=38, Pharmacosmos), modified by didecyl aspartate, is obtained by a process similar to that described in Example A1.
- According to the dry extract: [Polysaccharide 7]=19.8 mg/g
- According to the acid/base titration: n=1.05
- According to the 1H NMR: m=0.05.
- Dilauryl aspartate, para-toluenesulphonic acid salt, is obtained according to the process described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,826,818.
- A sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate, synthesized according to the process described in Example A1 using a dextran with a weight-average molecular weight of approximately 5 kg/mol (q=19, Pharmacosmos), modified by dilauryl aspartate is obtained by a process similar to that described in Example A1.
- According to the dry extract: [Polysaccharide 8]=22.8 mg/g
- According to the acid/base titration: n=1.05
- According to the 1H NMR: m=0.05.
- N-(2-aminoethyl)dodecanamide is obtained according to the process described in U.S. Pat. No. 2,387,201, from the methyl ester of dodecanoic acid (Sigma) and ethylenediamine (Roth).
- A sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate, synthesized according to the process described in Example A1 using a dextran with a weight-average molecular weight of approximately 10 kg/mol (q=38, Pharmacosmos), modified by N-(2-aminoethyl)dodecanamide, is obtained by a process similar to that described in Example A1.
- According to the dry extract: [Polysaccharide 9]=23.8 mg/g
- According to the acid/base titration: n=1.0
- According to the 1H NMR: m=0.1.
- Sodium dextransuccinate is obtained from a dextran with a weight-average molar mass of approximately 10 kg/mol (q=38, Pharmacosmos) according to the method described in the paper by Sanchez-Chaves et al., 1998 (Manuel et al., Polymer, 1998, 39 (13), 2751-2757). According to the 1H NMR in D2O/NaOD, the mean number of succinate groups per glucoside unit is 1.4.
- Lauryl glycinate, para-toluenesulphonic acid salt, is obtained according to the process described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,826,818.
- A sodium dextransuccinate modified by lauryl glycinate is obtained by a process similar to that described in Example A1.
- According to the dry extract: [Polysaccharide 10]=16.1 mg/g
- According to the acid/base titration: n=1.3
- According to the 1H NMR: m=0.1.
- Dioctyl aspartate, para-toluenesulphonic acid salt, is obtained according to the process described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,826,818.
- 12 g (i.e., 0.22 mol of hydroxyls) of dextran with a weight-average molar mass of approximately 10 kg/mol (q=38, Pharmacosmos) are dissolved in a DMF/DMSO mixture. The mixture is brought to 80° C. with stirring. 3.32 g (0.03 mol) of 1,4-diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane and then 14.35 g (0.11 mol) of ethyl isocyanatoacetate are gradually introduced. After reacting for 5 h, the medium is diluted in water and purified by diafiltration through a 5 kDa PES membrane against 0.1N NaOH, 0.9% NaCl and water. The final solution is assayed by dry extract, to determine the concentration of polysaccharide; and then assayed by acid/base titration in 50/50 (V/V) water/acetone, to determine the mean number de N-methylcarboxylate carbamate units per glucoside unit.
- According to the dry extract: [polysaccharide]=30.5 mg/g
- According to the acid/base titration: the mean number of N-methylcarboxylate carbamate units per glucoside unit is 1.4.
- An N-(sodium methylcarboxylate) dextran carbamate modified by dioctyl aspartate is obtained by a process similar to that described in Example A1.
- According to the dry extract: [Polysaccharide 11]=17.8 mg/g
- According to the acid/base titration: n=1.3
- According to the 1H NMR: m=0.1.
- Dilauryl aspartate, para-toluenesulphonic acid salt, is obtained according to the process described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,826,818.
- A sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate, synthesized according to the process described in Example A1 using a dextran with a weight-average molecular weight of approximately 1 kg/mol (q=4, Pharmacosmos), modified by dilauryl aspartate, is obtained by a process similar to that described in Example A1.
- According to the dry extract: [Polysaccharide 12]=12.3 mg/g
- According to the acid/base titration: n=0.96
- According to the 1H NMR: m=0.07.
- 2-(2-aminoethoxy)ethyl dodecanoate, para-toluenesulphonic acid salt, is obtained according to the process described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,826,818.
- A sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate, synthesized according to the process described in Example A1 using a dextran with a weight-average molecular weight of approximately 10 kg/mol (q=38, Pharmacosmos), modified by 2-(2-amino-ethoxy)ethyl dodecanoate is obtained, by a process similar to that described in Example A1.
- According to the dry extract: [Polysaccharide 13]=25.6 mg/g
- According to the acid/base titration: n=1.0
- According to the 1H NMR: m=0.1.
- 2-(2-{2-[dodecanoylamino]ethoxy}ethoxy)ethylamine is obtained according to the process described in U.S. Pat. No. 2,387,201, from the methyl ester of dodecanoic acid (Sigma) and triethylene glycol diamine (Huntsman).
- A sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate, synthesized according to the process described in Example A1 using a dextran with a weight-average molecular weight of approximately 10 kg/mol (q=38, Pharmacosmos), modified by 2-(2-{2-[dodecanoylamino]ethoxy}ethoxy)ethylamine, is obtained by a process similar to that described in Example A1.
- According to the dry extract: [Polysaccharide 14]=24.9 mg/g
- According to the acid/base titration: n=1.0
- According to the 1H NMR: m=0.1.
- 2-(2-{2-[hexadecanoylamino]ethoxy}ethoxy)ethylamine is obtained, according to the process described in U.S. Pat. No. 2,387,201, from the methyl ester of palmitic acid (Sigma) and triethylene glycol diamine (Huntsman).
- A sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate, synthesized according to the process described in Example A1 using a dextran with a weight-average molecular weight of approximately 10 kg/mol (q=38, Pharmacosmos), modified by 2-(2-{2-[hexadecanoylamino]ethoxy}ethoxy)ethylamine is obtained by a process similar to that described in Example A1.
- According to the dry extract: [Polysaccharide 15]=22.2 mg/g
- According to the acid/base titration: n=1.05
- According to the 1H NMR: m=0.05.
- Cetyl glycinate, para-toluenesulphonic acid salt, is obtained according to the process described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,826,818.
- A sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate, synthesized according to the process described in Example A1 using a dextran with a weight-average molecular weight of approximately 5 kg/mol (q=19, Pharmacosmos), modified by cetyl glycinate is obtained by a process similar to that described in Example A1.
- According to the dry extract: [Polysaccharide 16]=23 mg/g
- According to the acid/base titration: n=1.05
- According to the 1H NMR: m=0.05.
- 10 g (i.e., 185 mmol of hydroxyls) of dextran with a weight-average molar mass of approximately 10 kg/mol (q=38, Pharmacosmos) are dissolved in water at 420 g/l. 19 ml of 10N NaOH (185 mmol) are added to the solution. The mixture is brought to 35° C. and then 8.6 g (74 mmol) of sodium chloroacetate are added. The temperature of the reaction mixture is brought to 60° C. at 0.5° C./min and is then maintained at 60° C. for 100 minutes. The reaction medium is diluted with 200 ml of water, neutralized with acetic acid and purified by ultrafiltration through a 5 kDa PES membrane against 6 volumes of water. The final solution is assayed by dry extract, to determine the polysaccharide concentration, and then assayed by acid/base titration in 50/50 (V/V) water/acetone, to determine the mean number of methylcarboxylate units per glucoside unit.
- According to the dry extract: [polysaccharide]=35.1 mg/g
- According to the acid/base titration: the mean number of methylcarboxylate units per glucoside unit is 0.42.
- The sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate solution is passed through a Purolite resin (anionic) in order to obtain dextranmethylcarboxylic acid, which is subsequently lyophilized for 18 hours.
- Cetyl glycinate, para-toluenesulphonic acid salt, is obtained according to the process described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,826,818.
- A sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate modified by cetyl glycinate is obtained by a process similar to that described in Example A1.
- According to the dry extract: [Polysaccharide 17]=18 mg/g
- According to the acid/base titration: n=0.37
- According to the 1H NMR: m=0.05.
- 10 g of sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate, characterized by a degree of substitution as methylcarboxylate of 1.10 per glucoside unit, are synthesized from a dextran with a weight-average molar mass of 5 kg/mol (q=19, Pharmacosmos), according to a process similar to that described for
Polysaccharide 1, and then lyophilized. - 8 g (i.e., 64 mmol of hydroxyls) of sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate, characterized by a degree of substitution as methylcarboxylate of 1.10 per glucoside unit, are dissolved in water at 1000 g/l. 6 ml of 10N NaOH (64 mmol) are added. The mixture is heated to 35° C. and 7.6 g of sodium chloroacetate (65 mmol) are added. The mixture is gradually brought to a temperature of 60° C., and is maintained at this temperature for an additional 100 minutes. The mixture is diluted with water, neutralized with acetic acid and then purified by ultrafiltration through a 5 kDa PES membrane against water. The final solution is assayed by dry extract, to determine the polysaccharide concentration, and then assayed by acid/base titration in 50/50 (V/V) water/acetone, to determine the mean number of methylcarboxylate units per glucoside unit.
- According to the dry extract: [polysaccharide]=45.8 mg/g
- According to the acid/base titration: the mean number of methylcarboxylate units per glucoside unit is 1.65.
- The sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate solution is passed through a Purolite resin (anionic) in order to obtain dextranmethylcarboxylic acid, which is subsequently lyophilized for 18 hours.
- Cholesteryl leucinate, para-toluenesulphonic acid salt, is obtained according to the process described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,826,818.
- A sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate modified by cholesteryl leucinate, is obtained by a process similar to that described in Example A1.
- According to the dry extract: [Polysaccharide 18]=21 mg/g
- According to the acid/base titration: n=1.61
- According to the 1H NMR: m=0.04.
- A sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate, synthesized according to the process described in Example A1 using a dextran with a weight-average molecular weight of approximately 5 kg/mol (q=19, Pharmacosmos), modified by cholesteryl leucinate, is obtained by a process similar to that described in Example A1.
- According to the dry extract: [Polysaccharide 19]=19.4 mg/g
- According to the acid/base titration: n=1.06
- According to the 1H NMR: m=0.04.
- 16 g (i.e., 296 mmol of hydroxyls) of dextran with a weight-average molar mass of approximately 5 kg/mol (q=19, Pharmacosmos) are dissolved in water at 420 g/l. 30 ml of 10N NaOH (296 mmol) are added to this solution. The mixture is brought to 35° C. and then 26 g (222 mmol) of sodium chloroacetate are added. The temperature of the reaction medium is gradually brought to 60° C. and then maintained at 60° C. for 100 minutes. The reaction medium is diluted with water, neutralized with acetic acid and purified by ultrafiltration through a 5 kDa PES membrane against water. The final solution is assayed by dry extract, to determine the polysaccharide concentration, and then assayed by acid/base titration in 50/50 (V/V) water/acetone, to determine the mean number of methylcarboxylate units per glucoside unit.
- According to the dry extract: [polysaccharide]=33.1 mg/g
- According to the acid/base titration: the mean number of methylcarboxylate units per glucoside unit is 0.70.
- The sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate solution is passed through a Purolite resin (anionic) in order to obtain dextranmethylcarboxylic acid, which is subsequently lyophilized for 18 hours.
- A sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate modified by cholesteryl leucinate is obtained by a process similar to that described in Example A1.
- According to the dry extract: [Polysaccharide 20]=18.9 mg/g
- According to the acid/base titration: n=0.66
- According to the 1H NMR: m=0.04.
- 16 g (i.e., 296 mmol of hydroxyls) of dextran with a weight-average molar mass of approximately 5 kg/mol (q=19, Pharmacosmos) are dissolved in water at 420 g/l. 30 ml of 10N NaOH (296 mmol) are added to this solution. The mixture is brought to 35° C. and then 18 g (158 mmol) of sodium chloroacetate are added. The temperature of the reaction medium is gradually brought to 60° C. and then maintained at 60° C. for 100 minutes. The reaction medium is diluted with water, neutralized with acetic acid and purified by ultrafiltration through a 1 kDa PES membrane against water. The final solution is assayed by dry extract, to determine the polysaccharide concentration, and then assayed by acid/base titration in 50/50 (V/V) water/acetone, to determine the mean number of methylcarboxylate units per glucoside unit.
- According to the dry extract: [polysaccharide]=52.6 mg/g
- According to the acid/base titration: the mean number of methylcarboxylate units per glucoside unit is 0.50.
- The sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate solution is passed through a Purolite resin (anionic) in order to obtain dextranmethylcarboxylic acid, which is subsequently lyophilized for 18 hours.
- A sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate modified by cholesteryl leucinate is obtained by a process similar to that described in Example A1.
- According to the dry extract: [Polysaccharide 21]=18.9 mg/g
- According to the acid/base titration: n=0.46
- According to the 1H NMR: m=0.04.
- A sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate, synthesized according to the process described in Example A18 using a dextran with a weight-average molecular weight of approximately 1 kg/mol (q=4, Pharmacosmos), modified by cholesteryl leucinate, is obtained by a process similar to that described in Example A18.
- According to the dry extract: [Polysaccharide 22]=20.2 mg/g
- According to the acid/base titration: n=1.61
- According to the 1H NMR: m=0.04.
- Cholesteryl 1-ethylenediaminecarboxylate hydrochloride is obtained according to the process described in the patent (Akiyoshi, K et al., WO 2010/053140).
- A sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate, synthesized according to the process described in Example A18 using a dextran with a weight-average molecular weight of approximately 5 kg/mol (q=19, Pharmacosmos), modified by cholesteryl 1-ethylenediaminecarboxylate, is obtained by a process similar to that described in Example A18.
- According to the dry extract: [Polysaccharide 23]=20.1 mg/g
- According to the acid/base titration: n=1.61
- According to the 1H NMR: m=0.04.
- 12 g (i.e., 0.22 mol of hydroxyls) of dextran with a weight-average molar mass of approximately 5 kg/mol (q=19, Pharmacosmos) are dissolved in a DMF/DMSO mixture. The mixture is brought to 80° C. with stirring. 3.32 g (0.03 mol) of 1,4-diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane and then 26.8 g (0.21 mol) of ethyl isocyanatoacetate are gradually introduced. After reacting for 5 h, the medium is diluted in water and purified by diafiltration through a 5 kDa PES membrane against 0.1N NaOH, 0.9% NaCl and water. The final solution is assayed by dry extract, to determine the concentration of polysaccharide; and then assayed by acid/base titration in 50/50 (V/V) water/acetone, to determine the mean number of N-methylcarboxylate carbamate units per glucoside unit.
- According to the dry extract: [polysaccharide]=30.1 mg/g
- According to the acid/base titration: the mean number of N-methylcarboxylate carbamate units per glucoside unit is 2.0.
- An N-(sodium methylcarboxylate) dextran carbamate modified by cholesteryl leucinate is obtained by a process similar to that described in Example A1.
- According to the dry extract: [Polysaccharide 24]=17.9 mg/g
- According to the acid/base titration: n=1.96
- According to the 1H NMR: m=0.04.
- Cholesteryl 1-ethylenediaminecarboxylate hydrochlorate is obtained according to the process described in the patent (Akiyoshi, K et al., WO 2010/053140).
- 10 g of dextran with a weight-average molar mass of approximately 5 kg/mol (q=19, Pharmacosmos, 3.2 mmol of chain ends) are dissolved in DMSO at 80° C. 4.8 g of cholesteryl 1-ethylenediaminecarboxylate hydrochloride (9.5 mmol), 0.96 g of triethylamine (9.5 mmol) and 2.0 g of sodium cyanoborohydride (32 mmol) are added to the reaction medium, which is stirred at 80° C. for 24 hours. After cooling, the mixture is precipitated from dichloromethane and then from acetone, and dried under vacuum. According to the 1H NMR, a dextran modified at the chain end by cholesteryl 1-ethylenediaminecarboxylate is obtained. A sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate characterized by a degree of substitution as methylcarboxylate of 1.65 per glucoside unit and modified at the chain end by cholesteryl 1-ethylenediaminecarboxylate was synthesized by a process similar to that described in Example A18 using the dextran modified at the chain end by cholesteryl 1-ethylenediaminecarboxylate.
- According to the dry extract: [Polysaccharide 25]=13.7 mg/g
- According to the acid/base titration: n=1.65
- According to the 1H NMR: each polymer chain carries a cholesteryl 1-ethylenediaminecarboxylate group grafted to the reducing chain end.
- Cholesterol leucinate, para-toluenesulphonic acid salt, is obtained according to the process described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,826,818.
- A sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate, synthesized according to the process described in Example A1 using a dextran with a weight-average molecular weight of approximately 10 kg/mol (q=38, Pharmacosmos), modified by cholesterol leucinate, is obtained by a process similar to that described in Example A1.
- According to the dry extract: [Polysaccharide 26]=26.6 mg/g
- According to the acid/base titration: n=0.99
- According to the 1H NMR: m=0.05.
- Dilauryl aspartate, para-toluenesulphonic acid salt, is obtained according to the process described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,826,818.
- A sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate, synthesized according to the process described in Example A18 using a dextran with a weight-average molecular weight of approximately 1 kg/mol (q=4, Pharmacosmos), modified by dilauryl aspartate, is obtained by a process similar to that described in Example A1.
- According to the dry extract: [Polysaccharide 27]=16.7 mg/g
- According to the acid/base titration: n=1.41
- According to the 1H NMR: m=0.16.
- Dilauryl aspartate, para-toluenesulphonic acid salt, is obtained according to the process described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,826,818.
- A sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate, synthesized according to the process described in Example A18 using a dextran with a weight-average molecular weight of approximately 1 kg/mol (q=4, Pharmacosmos), modified by dilauryl aspartate, is obtained by a process similar to that described in Example A1.
- According to the dry extract: [Polysaccharide 28]=25 mg/g
- According to the acid/base titration: n=1.50
- According to the 1H NMR: m=0.07.
- Didecyl aspartate, para-toluenesulphonic acid salt, is obtained according to the process described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,826,818.
- A sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate, synthesized according to the process described in Example A1 using a dextran with a weight-average molecular weight of approximately 1 kg/mol (q=4, Pharmacosmos), modified by didecyl aspartate, is obtained by a process similar to that described in Example A1.
- According to the dry extract: [Polysaccharide 29]=15 mg/g
- According to the acid/base titration: n=1.05
- According to the 1H NMR: m=0.05.
- Part B: Demonstration of the Properties of the Compositions According to the Invention
- This solution is a commercial solution of insulin aspart, sold by the company Novo Nordisk under the name of NovoLog® in the USA and Novorapid® in Europe. This product is a rapid-acting insulin analogue.
- This solution is a commercial solution of insulin lispro, sold by the company Eli Lilly under the name of Humalog®. This product is a rapid-acting insulin analogue.
- This solution is a commercial solution of insulin glulisine, sold by the company Sanofi-Aventis under the name of Apidra®. This product is a rapid-acting insulin analogue.
- This solution is a commercial solution of insulin glargine, sold by the company Sanofi-Aventis under the name of Lantus®. This product is a slow-acting insulin analogue.
- This solution is a commercial solution from Novo Nordisk, sold under the name of Actrapid®. This product is a human insulin.
- 20 mg of
Polysaccharide 4 described in Example A4 are weighed out accurately. This lyophilisate is taken up in 2 ml of Lantus® in its commercial formulation. A transient precipitate appears but the solution becomes clear after approximately 30 minutes. The pH of this solution is 6.3. The pH is adjusted to 7 with a 0.1N sodium hydroxide solution. This clear solution is filtered through a 0.22 μm filter and is then placed at +4° C. - 0.25 ml of Apidra® (in its commercial formulation) is added to 0.75 ml of the
Polysaccharide 4/Lantus® solution prepared in Example B6, in order to form 1 ml of a composition atpH 7. The composition is clear, testifying to the good solubility of Lantus® and Apidra® under these formulation conditions. This clear solution is filtered through a 0.22 μm filter and is then placed at +4° C. - 0.25 ml of Humalog® (in its commercial formulation) is added to 0.75 ml of the
Polysaccharide 4/Lantus® solution prepared in Example B6, in order to form 1 ml of a composition atpH 7. The composition is clear, testifying to the good solubility of Lantus® and Humalog® under these formulation conditions. This clear solution is filtered through a 0.22 μm filter and is then placed at +4° C. - 0.25 ml of NovoLog® (in its commercial formulation) is added to 0.75 ml of the
Polysaccharide 4/Lantus® solution prepared in Example B6, in order to form 1 ml of a composition atpH 7. The composition is clear, testifying to the good solubility of Lantus® and NovoLog® under these formulation conditions. This clear solution is filtered through a 0.22 μm filter and is then placed at +4° C. - 0.25 ml of ActRapid® (in its commercial formulation) is added to 0.75 ml of the
Polysaccharide 4/Lantus® solution prepared in Example B6, in order to form 1 ml of a composition atpH 7. The composition is clear, testifying to the good solubility of Lantus® and ActRapid® under these formulation conditions. This clear solution is filtered through a 0.22 μm filter and is then placed at +4° C. - 0.4 ml of Apidra® (in its commercial formulation) is added to 0.6 ml of the
Polysaccharide 4/Lantus® solution prepared in Example B6, in order to form 1 ml of a composition atpH 7. The composition is clear, testifying to the good solubility of Lantus® and Apidra® under these formulation conditions. This clear solution is filtered through a 0.22 μm filter and is then placed at +4° C. - 0.6 ml of Apidra® (in its commercial formulation) is added to 0.4 ml of the
Polysaccharide 4/Lantus® solution prepared in Example B6, in order to form 1 ml of a composition atpH 7. The composition is clear, testifying to the good solubility of Lantus® and Apidra® under these formulation conditions. This clear solution is filtered through a 0.22 μm filter and is then placed at +4° C. - 1 ml of Lantus® is added to 2 ml of a PBS solution containing 20 mg/ml of BSA (bovine serum albumin). The PBS/BSA mixture simulates the composition of the subcutaneous medium. A precipitate appears, which is in good agreement with the mechanism of operation of Lantus® (precipitation on injection due to the increase in the pH).
- Centrifuging at 4000 rev/min is carried out in order to separate the precipitate from the supernatent. Subsequently, Lantus® is assayed in the supernatent. The result of this is that 86% of Lantus® is found in a precipitated form.
- 1 ml of
Polysaccharide 4/Lantus® solution prepared in Example B6 is added to 2 ml of a PBS solution containing 20 mg/ml of BSA (bovine serum albumin). The PBS/BSA mixture simulates the composition of the subcutaneous medium. A precipitate appears. - Centrifuging at 4000 rev/min is carried out in order to separate the precipitate from the supernatent. Subsequently, Lantus® is assayed in the supernatent. The result of this is that 85% of Lantus® is found in a precipitated form. This percentage of precipitation of Lantus® is identical to that obtained for the control described in Example B13.
- Dissolution and precipitation tests identical to those described in Examples B6 and B14 were carried out with other substituted dextrans at the same concentration of 10 mg/ml of polysaccharide per 100 IU/ml of Lantus®. 20 mg of polysaccharide in the lyophilisate form are weighed out accurately. This lyophilisate is taken up in 2 ml of Lantus® in its commercial formulation. A transient precipitate appears but the solution becomes clear after approximately 30 minutes to a few hours (depending on the nature of the polysaccharide). The pH of this solution is 6.3. The pH is adjusted to 7 with a 0.1N sodium hydroxide solution. This clear solution is filtered through a 0.22 μm filter and is then placed at +4° C. The results are collated in Table 2.
-
TABLE 2 Polysaccha- Dissolution Precipitation % of ride No. of Lantus ® of Lantus ® precipitation 2 Yes Yes 85 1 Yes Yes Not measured 4 Yes Yes 87 3 Yes Yes Not measured 5 Yes Yes 94 6 Yes Yes Not measured 7 Yes Yes Not measured 8 Yes Yes Not measured 9 Yes Yes 94 10 Yes Yes Not measured 15 Yes Yes Not measured 14 Yes Yes Not measured 13 Yes Yes Not measured 12 Yes Yes Not measured 11 Yes Yes Not measured 16 Yes Yes Not measured 17 Yes Yes Not measured 18 Yes Yes Not measured 19 Yes Yes Not measured 20 Yes Yes Not measured 21 Yes Yes Not measured 22 Yes Yes Not measured 23 Yes Yes Not measured 24 Yes Yes Not measured 25 Yes Yes Not measured 26 Yes Yes Not measured - 1 ml of the substituted dextran/Lantus®/Apidra® 75/25 composition (containing 7.5 mg/ml of polysaccharide, 75 IU/ml of Lantus® and 25 IU/ml of Apidra®) prepared in Example B7 is added to 2 ml of a PBS solution containing 20 mg/ml of BSA (bovine serum albumin). The PBS/BSA mixture simulates the composition of the subcutaneous medium. A precipitate appears.
- Centrifuging at 4000 rev/min is carried out in order to separate the precipitate from the supernatent. Subsequently, Lantus® is assayed in the supernatent. The percentages of precipitation of Lantus® are similar to the control described in Example B13.
- Other tests under the same conditions as those of Example B15 were carried out in the presence of other substituted dextrans.
- The results are combined in the following Table 3 and it is observed that the dissolution and the precipitation of Lantus® are retained.
-
TABLE 3 Dissolution Percentage Polysaccha- Lantus ®/Apidra ® of precipitation ride No. 75/25 of Lantus ® 2 Yes 85 1 Yes Not measured 4 Yes 87 3 Yes Not measured 5 Yes 86 6 Yes Not measured 7 Yes Not measured 8 Yes Not measured 9 Yes 86 10 Yes 85 15 Yes 87 14 Yes 86 13 Yes 88 12 Yes 91 18 Yes Not measured 19 Yes Not measured 20 Yes Not measured 21 Yes Not measured 22 Yes Not measured 23 Yes Not measured 24 Yes Not measured 25 Yes Not measured 26 Yes Not measured - Compositions are prepared by mixing 0.75 ml of the
Polysaccharide 4/Lantus® solution prepared in Example B6 with 0.25 ml of a prandial insulin in order to form 1 ml of substituted dextran/Lantus®/prandial insulin composition (containing 7.5 mg/mil of polysaccharide, 75 IU/ml of Lantus® and 25 IU/ml of prandial insulin). - This composition is added to 2 ml of PBS solution containing 20 mg/ml of BSA (bovine serum albumin). The PBS/BSA mixture simulates the composition of the subcutaneous medium. A precipitate appears.
- Centrifuging at 4000 rev/min is carried out in order to separate the precipitate from the supernatent. Subsequently, Lantus® is assayed in the supernatent. In the presence of the four prandial insulins tested, Lantus® precipitates to approximately 90%. This percentage of precipitation of Lantus® is similar to the control described in Example B13; the results are collated in Table 4.
-
TABLE 4 Dissolution Percentage Nature of the Lantus ®/prandial insulin of precipitation prandial insulin 75/25 of Lantus ® Apidra ® Yes 88 NovoLog ® Yes 92 Humalog ® Yes 89 ActRapid ® Yes 90 - A commercial solution of insulin glargine, sold by the company Sanofi-Aventis under the name of Lantus®, is concentrated by ultrafiltration through a 3 kDa membrane made of regenerated cellulose (Amicon® Ultra-15, sold by the company Millipore). On conclusion of this ultrafiltration stage, the concentration of insulin glargine is assayed in the retentate by reverse phase liquid chromatography (RP-HPLC). The final concentration of insulin glargine is subsequently adjusted by the addition of commercial 100 IU/ml glargine solution in order to obtain the desired final concentration. This process makes it possible to obtain concentrated solutions of glargine, denoted Cglargine, at various concentrations of greater than 100 IU/ml, such as Cglargine=200, 250, 300 and 333 IU/ml. The concentrated solutions are filtered through a 0.22 μm filter and then stored at +4° C.
- A commercial solution of insulin lispro, sold by the company Lilly under the name of Humalog® is dialyzed by ultrafiltration through a 3 kDa membrane made of regenerated cellulose (Amicon® Ultra-15, sold by the company Millipore). The dialysis is carried out in a 1 mM phosphate buffer at
pH 7. On conclusion of this dialysis stage, the concentration Cdialyzed Humalog of lispro in the retentate is determined by reverse phase liquid chromatography (RP-HPLC). The dialyzed solution is stored in a freezer at −80° C. - A volume VHumalog of a solution of rapid-acting insulin lispro at a concentration of 100 IU/ml in its commercial form is placed in a Lyoguard® sterilized beforehand in an autoclave. The Lyoguard® is placed in a freezer at −80° C. for approximately 1 h before being subjected to lyophilization overnight at a temperature of 20° C. and a pressure of 0.31 mbar.
- The sterile lyophilisate thus obtained is stored at ambient temperature.
- A volume Vdialyzed Humalog of a solution of rapid-acting insulin lispro obtained according to Example B19 at a concentration of Cdialyzed Humalog is placed in a Lyoguard® sterilized beforehand in an autoclave. The Lyoguard® is placed in a freezer at −80° C. for approximately 1 h before being subjected to lyophilization overnight at a temperature of 20° C. and a pressure of 0.31 mbar.
- The sterile lyophilisate thus obtained is stored at ambient temperature.
- A weight wpolys. of
Polysaccharide 18 is weighed out accurately. This lyophilisate is taken up in a volume Vglargine of a concentrated solution of glargine prepared according to Example B18, so as to obtain a composition exhibiting a concentration of polysaccharide Cpolys. (mg/ml)=wpolys./Vglargine and a concentration of glargine Cglargine (IU/ml). The solution is opalescent. The pH of this solution is approximately 6.3. The pH is adjusted to 7 by addition of concentrated NaOH and then the solution is placed under static conditions in an oven at 37° C. for approximately 1 hour. A volume Vpolys./glargine of this visually clear solution is placed at +4° C. - Concentrated solutions of m-cresol, glycerol and
tween 20 are added to a mother solution ofpolysaccharide 20 atpH 7 exhibiting a concentration Cpolys. mother, so as to obtain a polysaccharide solution having the concentration Cpolys. mother/excipients (mg/ml) in the presence of these excipients at contents equivalent to those described in the Lantus® commercial solution in a 10 ml bottle. - A volume VLantus of a commercial solution of slow-acting insulin glargine, sold under the name of Lantus® at a concentration de 100 IU/ml, is added to a volume Vpolys. mother/excipients of a polysaccharide solution at the concentration Cpolys. mother/excipients (mg/ml) in a sterile flask. A cloudiness appears. The pH is adjusted to
pH 7 by addition of 1M NaOH and the solution is placed under static conditions in an oven at 37° C. for approximately 1 h. This visually clear solution is placed at +4° C. - A
dilute Polysaccharide 20/glargine composition atpH 7 described in Example B23 is concentrated by ultrafiltration through a 3 kDa membrane made of regenerated cellulose (Amicon® Ultra-15, sold by the company Millipore). On conclusion of this ultrafiltration stage, the retentate is clear and the concentration of insulin glargine in the composition is assayed by reverse phase chromatography (RP-HPLC). If necessary, the concentration of insulin glargine in the composition is subsequently adjusted to the desired value by diluting in a solution of m-cresol/glycerol/tween 20 excipients exhibiting, for each entity, a concentration equivalent to that described in the Lantus® commercial solution (in a 10 ml bottle). This solution atpH 7, which is visually clear, exhibiting a glargine concentration Cglargine (IU/ml) and a polysaccharide concentration Cpolys. (mg/ml), is placed at +4° C. - A volume Vpolysach./glargine of polysaccharide/glargine solution,
pH 7, exhibiting a concentration of glargine Cglargine (IU/ml) and a concentration of Polysaccharide 18 Cpolys. (mg/ml), prepared according to Example B22, is added to an insulin lispro lyophilisate obtained by lyophilization of a volume Vlispro, the preparation of which is described in Example B19, so that the ratio Vpolysach./glargine/Vlispro=100/Clispro, where Clispro is the concentration of lispro (IU/ml) targeted in the composition. The solution is clear. The zinc content of the formulation is adjusted to the desired concentration Czinc (μM) by addition of a concentrated zinc chloride solution. The final pH is adjusted to 7 by addition of concentrated NaOH or HCl. - The formulation is clear, testifying to the good solubility of glargine and lispro under these formulation conditions. This solution is filtered through a 0.22 μm filter and is placed at +4° C.
- A volume Vpolysach./glargine of polysaccharide/glargine solution,
pH 7, exhibiting a concentration of glargine Cglargine (IU/ml) and a concentration of Polysaccharide 20 Cpolys. (mg/ml), prepared according to Example B24, is added to an insulin lispro lyophilisate obtained by lyophilization of a volume Vdialyzed Humalog, the preparation of which is described in Example B21, so that the ratio Vpolysach./glargine/Vdialyzed Humalog=Cdialyzed Humalog Clispro, where Cdialyzed Humalog is the concentration of lispro (IU/ml) obtained on conclusion of the dialysis of the commercial solution, which stage is described in Example B19, and Clispro is the concentration of lispro (IU/ml) targeted in the composition. The solution is clear. The zinc content of the formulation is adjusted to the desired concentration Czinc (μM) by addition of a concentrated zinc chloride solution. The final pH is adjusted to 7 by addition of concentrated NaOH or HCl. - The formulation is clear, testifying to the good solubility of glargine and lispro under these formulation conditions. This solution is filtered through a 0.22 μm filter and is placed at +4° C.
- A concentrated 200 IU/ml glargine solution is prepared according to Example B18. A Polysaccharide 18 (13 mg/ml)/
glargine 300 IU/ml composition,pH 7, is prepared fromPolysaccharide 18 according to the method of preparation described in Example B22. ThisPolysaccharide 18/glargine 200 IU/ml composition is added to an insulin lispro lyophilisate obtained by lyophilization of the solution of rapid-acting analogue in its commercial form, according to the method of preparation described in Example B25. The solution is clear. The zinc content of the formulation is adjusted to the concentration Czinc (μM)=750 μM by addition of a concentrated zinc chloride solution. The final pH is adjusted to 7 by addition of concentrated NaOH or HCl. - This composition is described in Table 5.
- A concentrated 200 IU/ml glargine solution is prepared according to Example B18. A Polysaccharide 18 (13 mg/ml)/
glargine 300 IU/ml composition,pH 7, is prepared fromPolysaccharide 18 according to the method of preparation described in Example B22. ThisPolysaccharide 18/glargine 200 IU/ml composition is added to an insulin lispro lyophilisate obtained by lyophilization of the solution of rapid-acting analogue in its commercial form, according to the method of preparation described in Example B25. The solution is clear. The zinc content of the formulation is adjusted to the concentration Czinc (μM)=1500 μM by addition of a concentrated zinc chloride solution. The final pH is adjusted to 7 by addition of concentrated NaOH or HCl. - The formulation is clear, testifying to the good solubility of glargine and lispro under these formulation conditions. This solution is filtered through a 0.22 μm filter and is placed at +4° C.
- This composition is described in Table 5.
- A concentrated 300 IU/ml glargine solution is prepared according to Example B18. A Polysaccharide 18 (23 mg/ml)/
glargine 300 IU/ml composition,pH 7, is prepared fromPolysaccharide 18 according to the method of preparation described in Example B22. ThisPolysaccharide 18/glargine 300 IU/ml composition is added to an insulin lispro lyophilisate obtained by lyophilization of the solution of rapid-acting analogue in its commercial form, according to the method of preparation described in Example B25. The solution is clear. The zinc content of the formulation is adjusted to the concentration Czinc (μM)=2000 μM by addition of a concentrated zinc chloride solution. The final pH is adjusted to 7 by addition of concentrated NaOH or HCl. - The formulation is clear, testifying to the good solubility of glargine and lispro under these formulation conditions. This solution is filtered through a 0.22 μm filter and is placed at +4° C.
- This composition is described in Table 5.
- A concentrated 300 IU/ml glargine solution is prepared according to Example B18. A Polysaccharide 18 (19 mg/ml)/
glargine 300 IU/ml composition,pH 7, is prepared fromPolysaccharide 18 according to the method of preparation described in Example B22. ThisPolysaccharide 18/glargine 250 IU/ml composition is added to an insulin lispro lyophilisate obtained by lyophilization of the solution of rapid-acting analogue in its commercial form, according to the method of preparation described in Example B25. The solution is clear. The zinc content of the formulation is adjusted to the concentration Czinc (μM)=1500 μM by addition of a concentrated zinc chloride solution. The final pH is adjusted to 7 by addition of concentrated NaOH or HCl. - The formulation is clear, testifying to the good solubility of glargine and lispro under these formulation conditions. This solution is filtered through a 0.22 μm filter and is placed at +4° C.
- This composition is described in Table 5.
- A concentrated 333 IU/ml glargine solution is prepared according to Example B18. A Polysaccharide 18 (20 mg/ml)/
glargine 300 IU/ml composition,pH 7, is prepared fromPolysaccharide 18 according to the method of preparation described in Example B22. ThisPolysaccharide 18/glargine 333 IU/ml composition is added to an insulin lispro lyophilisate obtained by lyophilization of the solution of rapid-acting analogue in its commercial form, according to the method of preparation described in Example B25. The solution is clear. The zinc content of the formulation is adjusted to the concentration Czinc (μM)=2000 μM by addition of a concentrated zinc chloride solution. The final pH is adjusted to 7 by addition of concentrated NaOH or HCl. - The formulation is clear, testifying to the good solubility of glargine and lispro under these formulation conditions. This solution is filtered through a 0.22 μm filter and is placed at +4° C.
- This composition is described in Table 5.
- A concentrated 300 IU/ml glargine solution is prepared according to Example B18. A Polysaccharide 19 (23 mg/ml)/
glargine 300 IU/ml composition,pH 7, is prepared from Polysaccharide 19 according to the method of preparation described in Example B22. This Polysaccharide 19/glargine 300 IU/ml composition is added to an insulin lispro lyophilisate obtained by lyophilization of the solution of rapid-acting analogue under its dialyzed form, according to the method of preparation described in Example B26. The solution is clear. The zinc content of the formulation is adjusted to the concentration Czinc (μM)=3000 μM by addition of a concentrated zinc chloride solution. The final pH is adjusted to 7 by addition of concentrated NaOH or HCl. - The formulation is clear, testifying to the good solubility of glargine and lispro under these formulation conditions. This solution is filtered through a 0.22 μm filter and is placed at +4° C.
- This composition is described in Table 5.
- A Polysaccharide 20 (23 mg/ml)/
glargine 300 IU/ml composition,pH 7, is prepared fromPolysaccharide 20 according to the method of preparation described in Example B23. ThisPolysaccharide 20/glargine 300 IU/ml composition is added to an insulin lispro lyophilisate obtained by lyophilization of the solution of rapid-acting analogue resulting from the dialysis of a commercial solution, according to the method of preparation described in Example B26. The solution is clear. The zinc content of the formulation is adjusted to the concentration Czinc (μM)=1500 μM by addition of a concentrated zinc chloride solution. The final pH is adjusted to 7 by addition of concentrated NaOH or HCl. - The formulation is clear, testifying to the good solubility of glargine and lispro under these formulation conditions. This solution is filtered through a 0.22 μm filter and is placed at +4° C.
- This composition is described in Table 5.
-
TABLE 5 Substituted dextran/glargine/lispro compositions at pH 7 Cglargine/ Example Polysaccharide Cpolysach. Cglargine Clispro Clispro No. No. (mg/ml) (IU/ml) (IU/ml) (%/%) pH B27 18 13 200 33 85/15 7 B28 18 13 200 66 75/25 7 B29 18 23 300 100 75/25 7 B30 18 19 250 150 63/37 7 B31 18 20 333 67 83/17 7 B32 19 23 300 100 75/25 7 B33 20 23 300 100 75/25 7 - 1 ml of substituted dextran/Lantus®/Humalog® composition prepared in Examples B27 to B33 is added to 2 ml of a PBS solution containing 20 mg/ml of BSA (bovine serum albumin). The PBS/BSA mixture simulates the composition of the subcutaneous medium. A precipitate appears.
- Centrifuging at 4000 rev/min is carried out in order to separate the precipitate from the supernatent. Subsequently, Lantus® is assayed in the supernatent. The percentages of precipitation of Lantus® are similar to the control described in Example B13. The results are summarized in Table 6.
-
TABLE 6 Dissolution of glargine Cglargine/ and of Precipitation Example Polysaccharide Cpolysach. Cglargine Clispro Clispro lispro at of % No. No. (mg/ml) (IU/ml) (IU/ml) (%/%) pH 7glargine Precipitation B27 18 13 200 33 85/15 YES YES 96 B28 18 13 200 66 75/25 YES YES 86 B29 18 23 300 100 75/25 YES YES 91 B30 18 19 250 150 63/37 YES YES 90 B31 18 20 333 67 83/17 YES YES 93 B32 19 23 300 100 75/25 YES YES 98 B33 20 23 300 100 75/25 YES YES Not measured - The substituted dextran/Lantus®/prandial insulin compositions described in Examples B7, B27, B28 and B29 and the corresponding controls are placed at 30° C. for 4 weeks. Regulations require 95% of native (nondegraded) insulin after 4 weeks at 30° C.
- After 4 weeks, the formulations studied meet the specifications defined by the regulations. The results are combined in Table 7.
-
TABLE 7 Percentage of native Percentage of native glargine after prandial insulin after Compositions 4 weeks at 30° C. 4 weeks at 30° C. Lantus ® 97 na (commercial formulation) Apidra ® na 95 (commercial formulation) Humalog ® na 98 (commercial formulation) B7 96 98 B27 97 99 B28 95 97 B29 98 100 - Thus, whatever the formulation studied, a percentage of native insulin of greater than 95% is obtained, which is in accordance with regulatory requirements.
- All the compositions prepared can be injected with the normal systems for the injection of insulin. The solutions described in Examples B7 to B12 and the compositions described in Examples B27 à B33 are injected without any difficulty, both with insulin syringes equipped with 31-gauge needles and with insulin pens from Novo Nordisk, sold under the name of Novopen®, equipped with 31-gauge needles.
- Preclinical studies were carried out on pigs for the purpose of evaluating two compositions according to the invention:
- Lantus®/Apidra® (75/25), formulated with Polysaccharide 4 (6 mg/ml), described in Example B7, and
- Lantus®/Humalog® (75/25), formulated with Polysaccharide 4 (6 mg/ml), described in Example B8.
- The hypoglycaemic effects of these compositions were compared with respect to injections carried out with simultaneous but separate injections of Lantus® (pH 4) and then of a prandial insulin Apidra® or Humalog®.
- Six domesticated pigs weighing approximately 50 kg, catheterized beforehand in the jugular vein, are deprived of food for 2 to 3 hours before the beginning of the experiment. In the hour preceding the injection of insulin, three blood samples are taken in order to determine the basal glucose level.
- Injection of insulin at a dose of 0.4 IU/kg is carried out by subcutaneous injection into the neck, under the ear of the animal, using the Novopen® insulin pen equipped with at 31 G needle.
- Blood samples are subsequently taken after 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 90, 120, 240, 360, 480, 600, 660 and 720 minutes. After each sample has been taken, the catheter is rinsed with a dilute heparin solution.
- A drop of blood is taken in order to determine the glycaemia using a glucose meter. The pharmacodynamic curves of glucose are subsequently plotted.
- The results obtained are presented in the form of pharmacodynamic curves for glucose represented in
FIGS. 1 to 6 . - Lantus®/Apidra® (75/25), formulated with Polysaccharide 4 (6 mg/ml).
-
FIG. 1 : Mean+standard deviation of the mean curves for the sequential administrations of Apidra® and Lantus®, in comparison with a composition according to theinvention Polysaccharide 4/Lantus®/Apidra® (75/25). -
FIG. 2 : Apidra® Lantus® individual curves. -
FIG. 3 :Polysaccharide 4/Apidra®/Lantus® individual curves. -
FIG. 1 presents the mean curves for drop in glycaemia and the standard deviations of the mean for the pigs tested for each formulation. The drop in glycaemia in the first 30 minutes is similar for the two formulations, indicating that the presence of a polysaccharide does not interfere with the rapid-acting nature of Apidra®. - On the other hand, between 90 min and 10 h (600 minutes), the sequential administration of Apidra® and Lantus® brings about a heterogeneous drop in glucose with a homogeneous plateau response with regard to three pigs and a heterogeneous response with regard to the other three pigs (
FIG. 2 ). In contrast, the six pigs tested with thePolysaccharide 4/Apidra®/Lantus® formulation have a homogeneous response (FIG. 3 ). This is reflected by the analysis of the coefficients of variation (CV) between 60 min and 10 h, which are on average 54% (between 21% and 113%) for the Apidra® Lantus® control and 12% (between 5% and 25%) forPolysaccharide 4/Apidra®/Lantus®. - Lantus®/Humalog® (75/25), formulated with Polysaccharide 4 (6 mg/ml).
-
FIG. 4 : Mean+standard deviation of the mean curves for the sequential administrations of Humalog® and Lantus® in comparison with the administration of a composition according to theinvention Polysaccharide 4/Humalog®/Lantus®. -
FIG. 5 : Humalog® Lantus® individual curves. -
FIG. 6 :Polysaccharide 4/Humalog®/Lantus® individual curves. -
FIG. 4 presents the mean curves for drop in glycaemia and the standard deviations of the mean for the pigs tested with regard to each formulation. The drop in glycaemia in the first 30 minutes is similar for the two formulations, indicating that the presence ofPolysaccharide 4 does not interfere with the rapid-acting nature of Humalog®. On the other hand, between 60 min and 8 h (480 minutes), the sequential administration of Humalog® and Lantus® brings about a heterogeneous drop in glucose with a homogeneous plateau response with regard to four pigs and a heterogeneous response with regard to the other two pigs (FIG. 5 ). In contrast, the 5 pigs tested with thePolysaccharide 4/Humalog®/Lantus® formulation have a homogeneous response (FIG. 6 ). This is reflected by the analysis of the coefficients of variation (CV) with regard to the data for drop in glycaemia between 60 min and 8 h, which are on average 54% (between 31% and 72%) for the Humalog® Lantus® control and 15% (between 6% and 28%) forPolysaccharide 4/Humalog®/Lantus®. The presence ofPolysaccharide 4 thus greatly reduced the variability of Lantus® with regard to the drop in glycaemia. - Preclinical studies were carried out on dogs for the purpose of evaluating six compositions according to the invention:
- The hypoglycaemic effects of these compositions were compared with respect to injections carried out with simultaneous but separate injections of 100 IU/ml Lantus® (pH 4) and then of a prandial insulin 100 IU/ml Humalog®.
- Ten domesticated dogs (beagles) weighing approximately 12 kg are deprived of food for 18 hours before the beginning of the experiment. In the hour preceding the injection of insulin, three blood samples are taken in order to determine the basal glucose level.
- The injection of insulin at a dose of 0.53 IU/kg (unless otherwise mentioned in the examples below) is carried out by subcutaneous injection into the neck of the animal using the Novopen® insulin pen equipped with a 31 G needle.
- Blood samples are subsequently taken after 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 90, 120, 180, 240, 300, 360, 420, 480, 540, 600, 660, 720, 780, 840, 900 and 960 minutes. The first samples are taken with a catheter (up to 180 min) and then directly from the jugular vein. After each sample has been taken, the catheter is rinsed with a dilute heparin solution.
- A drop of blood is taken in order to determine the glycaemia by means of a glucose meter. The pharmacodynamic curves for glucose are subsequently plotted.
- The results obtained are presented in the form of pharmacodynamic curves for glucose represented in
FIGS. 7 to 12 . -
FIG. 7 : Mean+standard deviation of the mean curves for the sequential administrations of Humalog® (100 IU/ml, 0.13 IU/kg) and Lantus® (100 IU/ml, 0.4 IU/kg), in comparison with a composition according to the invention described in Example B28 (0.53 IU/kg). -
FIG. 7 presents the mean curves for drop in glycaemia and the standard deviations of the mean for the dogs tested for each formulation. The two curves are similar up to 12 hours with a rapid drop in glycaemia, indicating that the polysaccharide does not influence the rapid-acting effect of Humalog®, a marked return between the peak due to Humalog® and the plateau due to glargine, and then a plateau of the glargine up to 12 h, indicating that the basal effect of glargine is well retained. -
FIG. 8 : Mean+standard deviation of the mean curves for the sequential administrations of Humalog® (100 IU/ml, 0.13 IU/kg) and Lantus® (100 IU/ml, 0.4 IU/kg) in comparison with a composition according to the invention described in Example B27 (0.47 IU/kg). -
FIG. 8 presents the mean curves for drop in glycaemia and the standard deviations of the mean for the dogs tested for each formulation. In this comparison, the dose of basal insulin (Lantus®) is identical whereas the dose of Humalog® is half for the composition, with respect to the control. The drop in glucose is greater in the case of the formulation B27 in comparison with the control, whereas this control contains twice as much Humalog®. On the other hand, the duration of the plateau is shorter in the case of the combination, with respect to the control. This indicates that, in this composition, a portion of Lantus® is not precipitated on injection and acts with Humalog®. -
FIG. 9 : Mean+standard deviation of the mean curves for the sequential administrations of Humalog® (100 IU/ml, 0.13 IU/kg) and Lantus® (100 IU/ml, 0.4 IU/kg) in comparison with a composition according to the invention described in Example B29 (0.53 IU/kg). -
FIG. 9 presents the mean curves for drop in glycaemia and the standard deviations of the mean for the dogs tested for each formulation. The two curves are similar, with a rapid drop in glycaemia, indicating that the polysaccharide does not influence the rapid-acting effect of Humalog®, a marked return between the peak due to Humalog® and the plateau due to Lantus®, and then a plateau of the Lantus® up to 13 h, indicating that the basal effect of glargine is well retained. -
FIG. 10 : Mean+standard deviation of the mean curves for the sequential administrations of Humalog® (100 IU/ml, 0.13 IU/kg) and Lantus® (100 IU/ml, 0.4 IU/kg), in comparison with a composition according to the invention described in Example B31 (0.48 IU/kg). -
FIG. 10 presents the mean curves for drop in glycaemia and the standard deviations of the mean for the dogs tested for each formulation. In this comparison, the dose of basal insulin (Lantus®) is identical, whereas the dose of Humalog® is half, for the composition, with respect to the control. The drop in glucose is greater in the case of the control, with respect to the combination corresponding to Example B31. This response was expected, in view of the concentration of Humalog® in the combination, which was half that of the control. Furthermore, the duration of the Lantus® plateau is identical in the case of the combination, with respect to the control. This indicates that, in this composition and by comparison with the composition described in Example B29 (FIG. 9 ), it is possible to adjust the amount of Humalog® in the combination without modifying the Lantus® basal effect. -
FIG. 11 : Mean+standard deviation of the mean curves for the sequential administrations of Humalog® (100 IU/ml, 0.24 IU/kg) and Lantus® (100 IU/ml, 0.4 IU/kg) in comparison with a composition according to the invention described in Example B30 (0.64 IU/kg). -
FIG. 11 presents the mean curves for drop in glycaemia and the standard deviations of the mean for the dogs tested for each formulation. The two curves are similar, with a rapid drop in glycaemia, indicating that the polysaccharide does not influence the rapid-acting effect of Humalog®, a marked return between the peak due to Humalog® and the plateau due to Lantus®, and then a plateau of the Lantus® up to 10 h, indicating that the glargine basal effect is well retained. -
FIG. 12 : Mean+standard deviation of the mean curves for the sequential administrations of Humalog® (100 IU/ml, 0.13 IU/kg) and Lantus® (100 IU/ml, 0.4 IU/kg) in comparison with a composition according to the invention described in Example B32 (0.53 IU/kg). -
FIG. 12 presents the mean curves for drop in glycaemia and the standard deviations of the mean for the dogs tested for each formulation. The two curves are similar up to 10 hours, with a rapid drop in glycaemia, indicating that the polysaccharide does not influence the rapid-acting effect of Humalog®, a marked return between the peak due to Humalog® and the plateau due to Lantus®, and then a glargine plateau, indicating that the glargine basal effect is retained up to 10 h. - In conclusion,
FIGS. 7 to 12 show that, by adjusting the composition of the polysaccharide and the concentrations of lispro and glargine, it is possible to obtain profiles identical to a double injection with different proportions of rapid-acting insulin and basal insulin. It is also possible to adjust the duration of the basal insulin without impacting the rapid-acting insulin or to adjust the amount of rapid-acting insulin without impacting the effect of the basal insulin. - Part C: Demonstration of the Properties of the Compositions Comprising a GLP-1 Analogue or Derivative According to the Invention
- This solution is an exenatide solution marketed by the company Eli Lilly and Company under the name of Byetta®.
- This solution is a liraglutide solution marketed by the company Novo Nordisk under the name of Victoza®.
- 20 mg of a substituted dextran chosen from those described in Table 1 are weighed out accurately. This lyophilisate is taken up in 2 ml of the insulin glargine solution of Example B4 in order to obtain a solution whose polysaccharide concentration is equal to 10 mg/ml. After mechanically stirring on rolls at ambient temperature, the solution becomes clear. The pH of this solution is 6.3. The pH is adjusted to 7 with a 0.1N sodium hydroxide solution. This clear solution is filtered through a membrane (0.22 μm) filter and is then placed at +4° C.
- Generalization: Clear solutions of Lantus at 100 IU/ml and at
pH 7 were also obtained with concentrations of substituted dextrans at 20 and 40 mg/ml by following the same protocol as that described in Example C3. Thus, a weight of lyophilized polysaccharide among those described in Table 1 is weighed out accurately. This lyophilisate is taken up in the insulin glargine solution of Example B4, so as to obtain a solution whose concentration of substituted dextran is 20 or 40 mg/ml, as described in Table 8. After mechanical stirring on rolls at ambient temperature, the solution becomes clear. The pH of this solution is less than 7. The pH is subsequently adjusted to 7 with a 0.1N sodium hydroxide solution. This clear final solution is filtered through a membrane (0.22 μm) and is then placed at +4° C. -
TABLE 8 Preparation of a solution of Lantus ® at 100 IU/ml and at pH 7 usinga substituted dextran at a concentration of 10, 20 or 40 mg/ml Volume of the insulin Final concentration of Weight of substituted glargine solution of substituted dextran dextran weighed out Example B4 added (mg/ml) (mg) (ml) 10 20 2 20 40 2 40 80 2 - 0.09 ml of the exenatide solution of Example C1 is added to 0.21 ml of the insulin glargine solution of Example B4, in order to obtain 0.3 ml of composition whose pH is 4.5 on mixing. The composition, which contains 70 IU/ml of Lantus® and 0.075 mg/ml of Byetta®, is clear, testifying to the good solubility of Lantus® and Byetta® under these formulation conditions (pH 4.5). The pH is subsequently adjusted to 7.5 with a 0.1N sodium hydroxide solution. The composition then becomes cloudy, testifying to the poor solubility of the Lantus®/Byetta® composition at pH 7.5.
- 70/30 Lantus®/Byetta® compositions were also prepared at pH 4.5, 5.5, 6.5, 8.5 and 9.5 by following a protocol similar to that described in Example C4. For each of these compositions, 0.09 ml of the exenatide solution of Example C1 is added to 0.21 ml of the insulin glargine solution of Example B4, in order to obtain 0.3 ml of a composition whose pH is 4.5 on mixing. The composition is clear, testifying to the good solubility of Lantus® and Byetta® under these formulation conditions (pH 4.5). The pH is adjusted to 5.5 or 6.5 or 8.5 or 9.5 with a 0.1N sodium hydroxide solution. After adjusting the pH, the composition at 5.5 is slightly cloudy, the compositions at 6.5-7.5 and 8.5 are very cloudy and the composition at pH 9.5 is clear. These compositions are placed at +4° C. for 48 h. After 48 h at +4° C., only the composition at pH 4.5 remains clear. The visual appearance after 48 h of the 70/30 Lantus®/Byetta® compositions at different pH values is summarized in Table 9.
-
TABLE 9 Visual appearance after 48 h of the 70/30 Lantus ®/Byetta ® compositions at different pH values 70/30 Lantus ®/Byetta ® compositions at different pH values pH Visual appearance at t = 48 h 4.5 Clear 5.5 Presence of a precipitate 6.5 Presence of a precipitate 7.5 Presence of a precipitate 8.5 Presence of a precipitate 9.5 Presence of a precipitate - 0.09 ml of the liraglutide solution of Example C2 is added to 0.21 ml of the insulin glargine solution of Example B4, in order to obtain 0.3 ml of a composition whose pH is 7 on mixing. The composition, which contains 70 IU/ml of glargine and 1.8 mg/ml of liraglutide, is cloudy, testifying to the poor solubility of the Lantus®/Victoza® composition under these formulation conditions. The pH is adjusted to 7.5 with a 0.1N sodium hydroxide solution. After adjusting the pH, the composition remains cloudy. This composition is placed at +4° C. for 48 h.
- 70/30 Lantus®/Victoza® compositions were also prepared at pH 4.5-5.5-6.5-8.5 and 9.5 by following a protocol similar to that described in Example C5. For each of these compositions, 0.09 ml of the liraglutide solution of Example C1 is added to 0.21 ml of the insulin glargine solution of Example B4, in order to obtain 0.3 ml of a composition whose pH is 7. The composition is cloudy, testifying to the poor solubility of the Lantus®/Victoza® composition under these formulation conditions (pH 7). The pH is adjusted to 4.5 or 5.5 or 6.5 with a 0.1N hydrochloric acid solution or to pH 9.5 with a 0.1N sodium hydroxide solution. After adjusting the pH, the compositions at pH 4.5-5.5 and 6.5 are cloudy, testifying to the poor solubility of the Lantus®/Victoza® composition under these formulation conditions. These compositions are placed at +4° C. for 48 h. After 48 h at 4° C., only the composition at pH 9.5 is clear. The visual appearance after 48 h of the 70/30 Lantus®/Victoza® compositions of different pH values is summarized in Table 10.
-
TABLE 10 Visual appearance after 48 h of the 70/30 Lantus ®/Victoza ® compositions at different pH values 70/30 Lantus ®/Victoza ® compositions at different pH values pH Visual appearance at t = 48 h 4.5 Presence of a precipitate 5.5 Presence of a precipitate 6.5 Presence of a precipitate 7.5 Presence of a precipitate 8.5 Presence of a precipitate 9.5 Clear - 0.09 ml of the exenatide solution of Example C1 is added to 0.21 ml of the substituted dextran/Lantus® solution prepared in Example C3, in order to obtain 0.3 ml of a composition at pH 5.3. The pH is adjusted to 7 with a 0.1N sodium hydroxide solution. The composition, which contains 7 mg/ml of polysaccharide, 70 IU/ml of Lantus® and 0.075 mg/ml of Byetta® is clear, testifying to the good solubility of Lantus® and Byetta® in the presence of the substituted dextran at
pH 7. This clear solution is placed at +4° C. - Generalization: Substituted dextran-Lantus®/Byetta® compositions at
pH 7 were also prepared at ratios by volume VLantus/VByetta of 90/10, 50/50, 30/70 and 10/90 by following the same protocol as that described in Example C6. Thus, a volume VByetta of the exenatide solution of Example C1 is added to a volume VLantus of the substituted dextran/Lantus® solution prepared in Example C3, in order to obtain a composition whose pH is adjusted at 7 with a 0.1N sodium hydroxide solution. The compositions obtained (see Table 11) are clear, testifying to the good solubility of Lantus® and Byetta® in the presence of a substituted dextran atpH 7. These clear solutions are placed at +4° C. - 0.150 ml of the exenatide solution of Example C1 is lyophilized and then 0.3 ml of a substituted dextran/Lantus® solution prepared in Example C3 are added to the lyophilisate in order to obtain a composition whose pH is adjusted to 7 with a 0.1N sodium hydroxide solution. The composition, which contains 10 mg/ml of polysaccharide, 100 IU/ml of Lantus® and 0.125 mg/ml of Byetta®, is clear, testifying to the good solubility of Lantus® and Byetta® in the presence of the substituted dextran at
pH 7. This clear solution is placed at +4° C. -
TABLE 11 Final concentrations of Lantus ®, substituted dextran and Byetta ® of the compositions obtained in Examples C6 and C7 Lantus ® [Polysaccharide No.] Byetta ® IU/ml mg/ml (mg/ml) (mg/ml) 100/50 100 3.5 10 0.125 90/10 90 3.15 9 0.025 70/30 70 2.45 7 0.075 50/50 50 1.75 5 0.125 30/70 30 1.05 3 0.175 - 0.09 ml of the liraglutide solution of Example C2 is added to 0.21 ml of the substituted dextran/Lantus® solution prepared in Example C3, in order to obtain 0.3 ml of a composition at pH 7.6. The pH is adjusted to 7 with a 0.1N hydrochloric acid solution. The composition, which contains 7 mg/ml of polysaccharide, 70 IU/ml of Lantus® and 1.8 mg/ml of Victoza®, is clear, testifying to the good solubility of Lantus® and Victoza® in the presence of the substituted dextran at
pH 7. This clear solution is placed at +4° C. - Generalization: Substituted dextran-Lantus®/Victoza® compositions at
pH 7 have also been prepared at VLantus/VVictoza ratios by volume of 90/10, 50/50, 30/70, and 90/10 by following the same protocol as that described in Example C6. Thus, a volume VVictoza of the liraglutide solution of Example C2 is added to a volume VLantus of the substituted dextran/Lantus® solution prepared in Example B3, in order to obtain a composition whose pH is adjusted to 7 with a 0.1N hydrochloric acid solution. - The compositions obtained (see Table 12) are clear, testifying to the good solubility of Lantus® and Victoza® in the presence of a substituted dextran at
pH 7. These clear solutions are placed at +4° C. - 0.150 ml of the liraglutide solution of Example C2 is lyophilized and then 0.3 ml of a substituted dextran/Lantus® solution prepared in Example C3 is added to the lyophilisate, in order to obtain a composition whose pH is adjusted to 7 with a 0.1N sodium hydroxide solution. The composition, which contains 10 mg/ml of polysaccharide, 100 IU/ml of Lantus® and 3 mg/ml of Victoza®, is clear, testifying to the good solubility of Lantus® and Victoza® in the presence of the substituted dextran at
pH 7. This clear solution is placed at +4° C. -
TABLE 12 Final concentrations of Lantus ®, substituted dextran and Victoza ® of the compositions obtained in Examples C8 and C9 Lantus ® [Polysaccharide No.] Victoza ® IU/ml mg/ml (mg/ml) (mg/ml) 100/50 100 3.5 10 3 90/10 90 3.15 9 0.6 70/30 70 2.45 7 1.8 50/50 50 1.75 5 3 30/70 30 1.05 3 4.2 - 20 mg of
lyophilized Polysaccharide 4 described in Example A3 are weighed out accurately. This lyophilisate is taken up in 2 ml of the insulin glargine solution of Example B4. After mechanical stirring on rolls at ambient temperature, the solution becomes clear. The pH of this solution is 6.3. The pH is adjusted to 7 with a 0.1N sodium hydroxide solution. 0.2 ml of the exenatide solution of Example C1 and 0.2 ml of the insulin glulisine solution of Example B3 are added to 0.6 ml of the substituted dextran/Lantus® solution prepared above, in order to obtain 1 ml of a composition atpH 7. The composition, which contains 6 mg/ml of polysaccharide, 60 IU/ml of Lantus®, 20 IU/ml Apidra® and 0.05 mg/ml of Byetta®, is clear, testifying to the good solubility of Lantus®, Apidra® and Byetta® in the presence of substituted dextran atpH 7. This clear solution is filtered through a membrane (0.22 μm) and is then placed at +4° C. - 0.250 ml of Lantus® is added to 0.5 ml of a PBS (Phosphate Buffer Solution) solution containing 20 mg/ml of BSA (Bovine Serum Albumin). The PBS/BSA mixture simulates the composition of the subcutaneous medium.
- A precipitate appears, which is in good agreement with the mechanism of operation of Lantus® (precipitation on injection due to the increase in the pH).
- Centrifuging at 4000 rev/min is carried out in order to separate the precipitate from the supernatent. Subsequently, Lantus® is assayed in the supernatent. The result of this is that 90% of Lantus® is found in a precipitated form.
- 0.250 ml of substituted dextran/Lantus® solution prepared in Example C3 is added to 0.5 ml of a PBS solution containing 20 mg/ml of BSA. The PBS/BSA mixture simulates the composition of the subcutaneous medium. A precipitate appears.
- Centrifuging at 4000 rev/min is carried out in order to separate the precipitate from the supernatent. Subsequently, Lantus® is assayed in the supernatent. The result of this is that 90% of Lantus® is found in a precipitated form. This percentage of precipitation of Lantus® is identical to that obtained for the control described in Example C11.
- 0.250 ml of the substituted dextran-Lantus®/Byetta® composition prepared in Example C6 is added to 0.5 ml of a PBS solution containing 20 mg/ml of BSA. The PBS/BSA mixture simulates the composition of the subcutaneous medium. A precipitate appears.
- Centrifuging at 4000 rev/min is carried out in order to separate the precipitate from the supernatent. Subsequently, Lantus® and Byetta® are assayed in the supernatent. The percentage of precipitation of Lantus® is similar to the control described in Example C11.
- 0.250 ml of the substituted dextran-Lantus®/Victoza® composition prepared in Example C8 is added to 0.5 ml of a PBS solution containing 20 mg/ml of BSA (bovine serum albumin). The PBS/BSA mixture simulates the composition of the subcutaneous medium. A precipitate appears. Centrifuging at 4000 rev/min is carried out in order to separate the precipitate from the supernatent. Subsequently, Lantus® and Victoza® are assayed in the supernatent. The percentage of precipitation of Lantus® is similar to the control described in Example C11.
- Other tests under the same conditions as those of Examples C13 and C14 were carried out in the presence of other dextrans.
- Results with at most 20 mg/ml of substituted dextran and a 70/30 Lantus®/Byetta® composition are combined in the following Table 13. It is observed that the dissolution and the precipitation of Lantus® are retained.
-
TABLE 13 Results of the dissolution and precipitation tests obtained with at most 20 mg/ml of substituted dextran and a 70/30 Lantus ®/Byetta ® composition Dissolution Percentage Polysaccha- 70/30 of precipitation ride No. Lantus ®/Byetta ® of Lantus ® 1 Yes 94 2 Yes 96 5 Yes 88 7 Yes 95 10 Yes Not measured 11 Yes 81 14 Yes Not measured 16 Yes 96 26 Yes 81 27 Yes 96 28 Yes 96 29 Yes 95 - Results with at most 20 mg/ml of substituted dextran and various Lantus®/Byetta® compositions are combined in the following Table 14. It is observed that the dissolution and the precipitation of Lantus® are retained.
-
TABLE 14 Results of the dissolution and precipitation tests obtained with at most 20 mg/ml of substituted dextran and various Lantus ®/Byetta ® compositions Ratio Dissolution Percentage Polysaccha- Lantus ®/ Lantus ®/ of precipitation ride No. Byetta ® Byetta ® of Lantus ® 4 100/50 Yes 95 4 90/10 Yes 94 4 70/30 Yes 95 4 50/50 Yes 90 4 30/70 Yes 82 8 100/50 Yes 96 8 90/10 Yes 94 8 70/30 Yes 96 8 50/50 Yes 90 8 30/70 Yes 81 - Results with at most 40 mg/ml of substituted dextran and a 70/30 Lantus®/Victoza® composition are combined in the following Table 15. It is observed that the dissolution and the precipitation of Lantus® are retained.
-
TABLE 15 Results of the dissolution and precipitation tests obtained with at most 40 mg/ml of substituted dextran and a 70/30 Lantus ®/Victoza ® composition Dissolution Percentage Polysaccha- 70/30 of precipitation ride No. Lantus ®/Victoza ® of Lantus ® 1 Yes 95 2 Yes 97 5 Yes Not measured 7 Yes 97 10 Yes Not measured 11 Yes Not measured 14 Yes 90 16 Yes 97 26 Yes 74 27 Yes 96 28 Yes 95 29 Yes 94 - Results with at most 20 mg/ml of substituted dextran and various Lantus®/Victoza® compositions are combined in the following Table 16. It is observed that the dissolution and the precipitation of Lantus® are retained.
-
TABLE 16 Results of the dissolution and precipitation tests obtained with at most 20 mg/ml of substituted dextran and various Lantus ®/Victoza ® compositions Ratio Dissolution Percentage Polysaccha- Lantus ®/ Lantus ®/ of precipitation ride No. Victoza ® Victoza ® of Lantus ® 4 90/10 Yes 94 4 70/30 Yes Not measured 4 50/50 Yes 90 4 30/70 Yes 86 8 100/50 Yes 93 8 90/10 Yes 95 8 70/30 Yes 98 8 50/50 Yes 89 8 30/70 Yes 85 - 0.250 ml of the substituted dextran-Lantus®/Apidra®/Byetta® composition prepared in Example C10 is added to 0.5 ml of a PBS solution containing 20 mg/ml of BSA. The PBS/BSA mixture simulates the composition of the subcutaneous medium. A precipitate appears.
- Centrifuging at 4000 rev/min is carried out in order to separate the precipitate from the supernatent. Subsequently, Lantus® is assayed in the supernatent. The percentage of precipitation of Lantus® is similar to the control described in Example C11.
Claims (26)
1. A composition in the form of an injectable aqueous solution, the pH of which is between 6.0 and 8.0, comprising at least:
a) a basal insulin, the isoelectric point pI of which is between 5.8 and 8.5; and
b) dextran polymers substituted by radicals carrying carboxylate charges and hydrophobic radicals of formula I or of formula II:
in which:
R is —OH or chosen from the group consisting of the radicals:
-(f-[A]-COOH)n; and
-(g-[B]-k-[D])m, D comprising at least one alkyl chain comprising at least 8 carbon atoms; wherein:
n represents the degree of substitution of the glucoside units by -f-[A]-COOH and 0.3≤n≤2;
m represents the degree of substitution of the glucoside units by -g-[B]-k-[D] and 0.02<m≤0.2;
q represents the degree of polymerization as glucoside units, that is to say the mean number of glucoside units per polysaccharide chain, and 3≤q≤40;
-A- is a linear or branched radical comprising from 1 to 4 carbon atoms; the said -A- radical:
being bonded to a glucoside unit via a functional group f chosen from the group consisting of ether, ester and carbamate functional groups;
-B- is a linear or branched, at least divalent, radical comprising from 1 to 4 carbon atoms; the said -B- radical:
being bonded to a glucoside unit via a functional group g chosen from the group consisting of ether, ester and carbamate functional groups;
being bonded to a -D radical via a functional group k; k chosen from the group consisting of ester, amide and carbamate functional groups; the said -D radical:
being an -X(-l-Y)p radical, X being an at least divalent radical comprising from 1 to 12 atoms chosen from the group consisting of C, N and O atoms, optionally carrying carboxyl or amine functional groups; Y being a linear or cyclic alkyl group, an alkylaryl or an arylalkyl, of 8 to 30 carbon atoms, optionally substituted by one or several C1 to C3 alkyl groups; p≥1 and 1 a functional group chosen from the group consisting of ester, amide and carbamate functional groups;
f, g and k being identical or different;
the free acid functional groups being in the form of salts of alkali metal cations chosen from the group consisting of Na+ and K+;
and, when p=1, if Y is a C8 to C14 alkyl, then q*m≥2, if Y is a C15 alkyl, then q*m≥2; if Y is a C16 to C20 alkyl, then q*m≥1; and if Y is a C21 to C30 group, then q*m≥1;
and, when p≥2, if Y is a C8 to C9 alkyl, then q*m≥2 and, if Y is a C10 to C16 alkyl, then q*m≥0.2;
in which:
R is —OH or a -(f-[A]-COOH)n radical:
-A- is a linear or branched radical comprising from 1 to 4 carbon atoms; the said radical -A-:
being bonded to a glucoside unit via a functional group f chosen from the group consisting of ether, ester or carbamate functional groups;
n represents the degree of substitution of the glucoside units by -f-[A]-COOH and 0.3≤n≤2;
R′ is chosen from the group consisting of the radicals:
—C(O)NH-[E]-(o-[F])t; and
—CH2N(L)z-[E]-(o-[F])t;
in which:
z is a positive integer equal to 1 or 2,
L is chosen from the group consisting of:
—H and z is equal to 1, and/or
-[A]-COOH and z is equal to 1 or 2, if f is an ether functional group,
—CO-[A]-COOH and z is equal to 1 if f is an ester functional group, and
—CO—NH-[A]-COOH and z is equal to 1 if f is a carbamate functional group;
-[E]-(o-[F])t:
-E- is a linear or branched, at least divalent, radical comprising from 1 to 8 carbon atoms and optionally comprising heteroatoms, such as O, N or S;
-F- is a linear or cyclic alkyl group, an alkylaryl or an arylalkyl, of 12 to 30 carbon atoms, optionally substituted by one or several C1 to C3 alkyl groups;
o is a functional group chosen from the group consisting of ether, ester, amide or carbamate functional groups;
t is a positive integer equal to 1 or 2;
q represents the degree of polymerization as glucoside units, that is to say the mean number of glucoside units per polysaccharide chain, and 3≤q≤40;
the free acid functional groups being in the form of salts of alkali metal cations chosen from the group consisting of Na+ and K+; and
when z=2, the nitrogen atom is in the form of a quaternary ammonium.
2. The composition according to claim 1 , wherein the dextran polymers substituted by radicals carrying carboxylate charges and hydrophobic radicals is chosen from the dextran polymers of formula I.
3. The composition according to claim 1 , wherein the dextran polymers substituted by radicals carrying carboxylate charges and hydrophobic radicals is chosen from the dextran polymers of formula II.
4. The composition according to claim 1 , wherein the dextran polymers substituted by radicals carrying carboxylate charges and hydrophobic radicals is chosen from the dextran polymers of formula I in which the -(f-[A]-COOH)n radical is chosen from the group consisting of the following sequences, f having the meaning given above:
5. The composition according to claim 1 , wherein the dextran polymers substituted by radicals carrying carboxylate charges and hydrophobic radicals is chosen from the dextran polymers of formula I in which the -(g-[B]-k-[D])m radical is chosen from the group consisting of the following sequences, g, k and D having the meanings given above:
6. The composition according to claim 1 , wherein the dextran polymers substituted by radicals carrying carboxylate charges and hydrophobic radicals is chosen from the dextran polymers of formula I in which the -(g-[B]-k-[D])m radical is such that:
-B- is a radical comprising one carbon atom; the said -B- radical being bonded to a glucoside unit via an ether functional group g, and X is a radical resulting from an amino acid.
7. The composition according to claim 1 , wherein the dextran polymers substituted by radicals carrying carboxylate charges and hydrophobic radicals is chosen from the dextran polymers of formula I in which the X radical is an at least divalent radical resulting from an amino acid chosen from the group consisting of glycine, leucine, phenylalanine, lysine, isoleucine, alanine, valine, aspartic acid and glutamic acid.
8. The composition according to claim 1 , wherein the dextran polymers substituted by radicals carrying carboxylate charges and hydrophobic radicals is chosen from the dextran polymers of formula I in which the Y group is chosen from the group consisting of a hydrophobic alcohol, a hydrophobic acid, a sterol or a tocopherol.
9. The composition according to claim 1 , wherein the dextran polymers substituted by radicals carrying carboxylate charges and hydrophobic radicals is chosen from the dextran polymers of formula I in which the Y group is a sterol chosen from cholesterol derivatives.
10. The composition according to claim 1 , wherein the dextran polymers substituted by radicals carrying carboxylate charges and hydrophobic radicals is chosen from the dextran polymers of formula II in which the R′ group is such that the -E- radical results from a diamine.
11. The composition according to claim 1 , wherein the dextran polymers substituted by radicals carrying carboxylate charges and hydrophobic radicals is chosen from the dextran polymers of formula II in which the R′ group is such that the -F- group results from a cholesterol derivative.
12. The composition according to claim 1 , wherein the dextran polymers substituted by radicals carrying carboxylate charges and hydrophobic radicals is chosen from the group consisting of the following dextran polymers of formula I:
Sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate modified by octyl glycinate,
Sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate modified by cetyl glycinate,
Sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate modified by octyl phenylalaninate,
Sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate modified by 3,7-dimethyl-1-octyl phenylalaninate,
Sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate modified by dioctyl aspartate,
Sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate modified by didecyl aspartate,
Sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate modified by dilauryl aspartate,
Sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate modified by N-(2-aminoethyl)dodecanamide,
Sodium dextransuccinate modified by lauryl glycinate,
N-(sodium methylcarboxylate) dextran carbamate modified by dioctyl aspartate,
Sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate modified by 2-(2-aminoethoxy)ethyl dodecanoate,
Sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate modified by 2-(2-{2-[dodecanoylamino]ethoxy}ethoxy)ethylamine,
Sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate modified by 2-(2-{2-[hexadecanoylamino]ethoxy}ethoxy)ethylamine,
Sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate modified by cholesteryl leucinate,
Sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate modified by cholesteryl 1-ethylenediaminecarboxylate, and
N-(sodium methylcarboxylate) dextran carbamate modified by cholesteryl leucinate.
13. The composition according to claim 1 , wherein the dextran polymers substituted by radicals carrying carboxylate charges and hydrophobic radicals is chosen from the group consisting of the dextran polymers of formula II and is:
Sodium dextranmethylcarboxylate modified by cholesteryl 1-ethylenediaminecarboxylate grafted by reductive amination to the reducing chain end.
14. The composition according to claim 1 , wherein the basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5 is insulin glargine.
15. The composition according to claim 1 , wherein the composition comprises between 40 IU/ml and 500 IU/ml of the basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5.
16. The composition according to claim 1 , wherein the composition additionally comprises a prandial insulin.
17. The composition according to claim 1 , wherein the composition comprises between 40 and 800 IU/ml of total insulin.
18. The composition according to claim 16 , wherein the composition comprises proportions, expressed as percentage, between the basal insulin whose isoelectric point is between 5.8 and 8.5 and a prandial insulin of 25/75, 30/70, 40/60, 50/50, 60/40, 70/30, 80/20 and 90/10.
19. The composition according to claim 1 , wherein the composition additionally comprises a GLP-1, a GLP-1 analogue or a GLP-1 derivative.
20. The composition according to claim 1 , wherein the composition additionally comprises zinc salts at a concentration of between 0 and 5000 μM.
21. The composition according to claim 1 , wherein the composition comprises buffers chosen from the group consisting of Tris, citrates and phosphates at concentrations of between 0 and 100 mM, preferably between 0 and 50 mM.
22. The composition according to claim 16 , wherein the prandial insulin is chosen from the group formed by human insulin, insulin glulisine, insulin lispro and insulin aspart.
23. A single-dose formulation comprising a composition according to claim 1 , at a pH of between 6.6 and 7.8, and a prandial insulin.
24. A single-dose formulation comprising a composition according to claim 1 , at a pH of between 6.6 and 7.8, and a GLP-1, a GLP-1 derivative or a GLP-1 analogue.
25. A single-dose formulation according to claim 23 , wherein the prandial insulin is chosen from the group comprising of human insulin.
26. A single-dose formulation according to claim 23 , wherein the prandial insulin is chosen from the group consisting of insulin lispro, insulin glulisine and insulin aspart.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US16/025,832 US20180311316A1 (en) | 2011-08-10 | 2018-07-02 | Injectable solution at ph 7 comprising at least one basal insulin whose pi is between 5.8 and 8.5 |
Applications Claiming Priority (9)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US201161522031P | 2011-08-10 | 2011-08-10 | |
FR11/57291 | 2011-08-10 | ||
FR1157291A FR2978918B1 (en) | 2011-08-10 | 2011-08-10 | PH7 INJECTABLE SOLUTION COMPRISING AT LEAST ONE BASAL INSULIN WITH AN IP BETWEEN 5.8 AND 8.5 |
US201161579966P | 2011-12-23 | 2011-12-23 | |
FR1162445A FR2984749A1 (en) | 2011-12-23 | 2011-12-23 | Composition, useful for treating diabetes, comprises basal insulin, and a dextran substituted by carboxylate charge carrier radicals and hydrophobic radicals |
FR11/62445 | 2011-12-23 | ||
US13/571,026 US9089476B2 (en) | 2011-08-10 | 2012-08-09 | Injectable solution at pH 7 comprising at least one basal insulin whose PI is between 5.8 and 8.5 |
US14/721,889 US20170182131A9 (en) | 2011-08-10 | 2015-05-26 | Injectable solution at ph 7 comprising at least one basal insulin whose pi is between 5.8 and 8.5 |
US16/025,832 US20180311316A1 (en) | 2011-08-10 | 2018-07-02 | Injectable solution at ph 7 comprising at least one basal insulin whose pi is between 5.8 and 8.5 |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US14/721,889 Continuation US20170182131A9 (en) | 2011-08-10 | 2015-05-26 | Injectable solution at ph 7 comprising at least one basal insulin whose pi is between 5.8 and 8.5 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20180311316A1 true US20180311316A1 (en) | 2018-11-01 |
Family
ID=47667929
Family Applications (3)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US13/571,026 Expired - Fee Related US9089476B2 (en) | 2011-08-10 | 2012-08-09 | Injectable solution at pH 7 comprising at least one basal insulin whose PI is between 5.8 and 8.5 |
US14/721,889 Abandoned US20170182131A9 (en) | 2011-08-10 | 2015-05-26 | Injectable solution at ph 7 comprising at least one basal insulin whose pi is between 5.8 and 8.5 |
US16/025,832 Abandoned US20180311316A1 (en) | 2011-08-10 | 2018-07-02 | Injectable solution at ph 7 comprising at least one basal insulin whose pi is between 5.8 and 8.5 |
Family Applications Before (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US13/571,026 Expired - Fee Related US9089476B2 (en) | 2011-08-10 | 2012-08-09 | Injectable solution at pH 7 comprising at least one basal insulin whose PI is between 5.8 and 8.5 |
US14/721,889 Abandoned US20170182131A9 (en) | 2011-08-10 | 2015-05-26 | Injectable solution at ph 7 comprising at least one basal insulin whose pi is between 5.8 and 8.5 |
Country Status (14)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (3) | US9089476B2 (en) |
EP (2) | EP3053590A1 (en) |
JP (1) | JP5950477B2 (en) |
KR (1) | KR101810055B1 (en) |
CN (1) | CN103889442B (en) |
AU (1) | AU2012293463B2 (en) |
BR (1) | BR112014002986A2 (en) |
CA (1) | CA2843586A1 (en) |
DK (1) | DK2741765T3 (en) |
IL (1) | IL230611A (en) |
MX (1) | MX2014001190A (en) |
RU (1) | RU2578460C2 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2013021143A1 (en) |
ZA (1) | ZA201400773B (en) |
Families Citing this family (41)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
BR112014002986A2 (en) | 2011-08-10 | 2017-06-13 | Adocia | composition in the form of a solution for injection, and single dose formulation |
CN113730555A (en) | 2012-01-09 | 2021-12-03 | 阿道恰公司 | Injectable solution of basal insulin and substituted copoly (amino acid) having pH7 and at least PI 5.8 to 8.5 |
US20150314003A2 (en) | 2012-08-09 | 2015-11-05 | Adocia | Injectable solution at ph 7 comprising at least one basal insulin the isoelectric point of which is between 5.8 and 8.5 and a hydrophobized anionic polymer |
UA116217C2 (en) | 2012-10-09 | 2018-02-26 | Санофі | Exendin-4 derivatives as dual glp1/glucagon agonists |
EP2919804B1 (en) | 2012-11-13 | 2018-01-31 | Adocia | Quick-acting insulin formulation including a substituted anionic compound |
FR3001895B1 (en) * | 2013-02-12 | 2015-07-03 | Adocia | PH7 INJECTABLE SOLUTION COMPRISING AT LEAST ONE BASIC INSULIN WHERE THE ISOELECTRIC POINT IS INCLUDED IN 5.8 AND 8.5 AND AN ANIONIC COMPOUND CARRYING CARBOXYLATE LOADS AND HYDROPHOBIC RADICALS |
EP2934566B1 (en) | 2012-12-21 | 2017-06-21 | Sanofi | Exendin-4 derivatives as dual glp1/gip or trigonal glp1/gip/glucagon agonists |
US20160271226A1 (en) | 2013-09-30 | 2016-09-22 | Wockhardt Limited | Pharmaceutical composition |
WO2015086733A1 (en) | 2013-12-13 | 2015-06-18 | Sanofi | Dual glp-1/glucagon receptor agonists |
WO2015086728A1 (en) | 2013-12-13 | 2015-06-18 | Sanofi | Exendin-4 peptide analogues as dual glp-1/gip receptor agonists |
EP3080154B1 (en) | 2013-12-13 | 2018-02-07 | Sanofi | Dual glp-1/gip receptor agonists |
WO2015086730A1 (en) | 2013-12-13 | 2015-06-18 | Sanofi | Non-acylated exendin-4 peptide analogues |
TW201625669A (en) | 2014-04-07 | 2016-07-16 | 賽諾菲公司 | Peptidic dual GLP-1/glucagon receptor agonists derived from Exendin-4 |
TW201625668A (en) | 2014-04-07 | 2016-07-16 | 賽諾菲公司 | Exendin-4 derivatives as peptidic dual GLP-1/glucagon receptor agonists |
TW201625670A (en) | 2014-04-07 | 2016-07-16 | 賽諾菲公司 | Dual GLP-1/glucagon receptor agonists derived from EXENDIN-4 |
US9795678B2 (en) * | 2014-05-14 | 2017-10-24 | Adocia | Fast-acting insulin composition comprising a substituted anionic compound and a polyanionic compound |
FR3020952B1 (en) * | 2014-05-14 | 2017-09-08 | Adocia | FAST-ACTING INSULIN FORMULATION COMPRISING SUBSTITUTED ANIONIC COMPOUND AND POLYANIONIC COMPOUND |
FR3020947B1 (en) | 2014-05-14 | 2018-08-31 | Adocia | AQUEOUS COMPOSITION COMPRISING AT LEAST ONE PROTEIN AND A SOLUBILIZING AGENT, ITS PREPARATION AND ITS USES |
US9932381B2 (en) | 2014-06-18 | 2018-04-03 | Sanofi | Exendin-4 derivatives as selective glucagon receptor agonists |
AR105319A1 (en) | 2015-06-05 | 2017-09-27 | Sanofi Sa | PROPHARMS THAT INCLUDE A DUAL AGONIST GLU-1 / GLUCAGON CONJUGATE HIALURONIC ACID CONNECTOR |
TW201706291A (en) | 2015-07-10 | 2017-02-16 | 賽諾菲公司 | New EXENDIN-4 derivatives as selective peptidic dual GLP-1/glucagon receptor agonists |
CN107949374B (en) * | 2015-09-04 | 2022-04-08 | 莱迪杜德制药公司 | Stabilized glucagon solutions |
FR3043557B1 (en) | 2015-11-16 | 2019-05-31 | Adocia | RAPID ACID COMPOSITION OF INSULIN COMPRISING A SUBSTITUTED CITRATE |
EP3377038A1 (en) * | 2015-11-16 | 2018-09-26 | Adocia | Fast-acting insulin composition comprising a substituted anionic compound and a polyanionic compound |
US20210187078A1 (en) * | 2016-02-25 | 2021-06-24 | Wockhardt Limited | Pharmaceutical composition of insulin glargine and amino acids |
GB201607918D0 (en) | 2016-05-06 | 2016-06-22 | Arecor Ltd | Novel formulations |
FR3052072A1 (en) * | 2016-06-07 | 2017-12-08 | Adocia | PH 7 INJECTABLE SOLUTION COMPRISING AT LEAST ONE BASIC INSULIN WITH A PI BETWEEN 5.8 AND 8.5 AND A CO-POLYAMINOACIDE CARRYING CARBOXYLATE LOADS AND HYDROPHOBIC RADICALS |
WO2018122278A1 (en) * | 2016-12-27 | 2018-07-05 | Adocia | Compositions in the form of an injectable aqueous solution comprising amylin, an amylin receptor agonist or an amylin analogue and a copolyamino acid |
FR3070264A1 (en) | 2017-08-24 | 2019-03-01 | Adocia | PH 7 INJECTABLE SOLUTION COMPRISING AT LEAST ONE BASIC INSULIN INCLUDING AN INHIBIT OF 5.8 TO 8.5 AND A CO-POLYAMINOACIDE CARBOXYLATE AND HYDROPHOBIC RADICAL CARRIERS |
EP3720472A1 (en) | 2017-12-06 | 2020-10-14 | Adocia | Injectable solution at ph 7 comprising at least one basal insulin having a pi of between 5.8 and 8.5 and a copolyamino acid carrying carboxylate charges and hydrophobic radicals |
FR3083089A1 (en) | 2018-06-29 | 2020-01-03 | Adocia | PH 7 INJECTION SOLUTION COMPRISING AT LEAST ONE BASAL INSULIN WITH A PI BETWEEN 5.8 AND 8.5 AND A CO-POLYAMINOACID CARRYING CARBOXYLATES AND HYDROPHOBIC RADICALS |
FR3083088B1 (en) | 2018-06-29 | 2020-10-02 | Adocia | SOLUTION FOR INJECTION AT PH 7 INCLUDING AT LEAST ONE BASAL INSULIN WHOSE PI IS BETWEEN 5.8 AND 8.5 AND A CO-POLYAMINOACID CARBOXYLATE CHARGES AND HYDROPHOBIC RADICALS |
IL275148B2 (en) | 2017-12-07 | 2025-02-01 | Adocia | Injectable solution with a ph of 7 comprising at least one basal insulin with a pi of between 5.8 and 8.5 and a co-polyaminoacid bearing carboxylate charges and hydrophobic radicals |
EP3740229B1 (en) | 2017-12-07 | 2025-04-09 | Adocia | Injectable solution at ph 7 comprising at least one basal insulin having a pi of between 5.8 and 8.5 and a copolyamino acid carrying carboxylate charges and hydrophobic radicals |
MX2020005913A (en) | 2017-12-07 | 2020-10-19 | Adocia | INJECTABLE SOLUTION AT PH 7 COMPRISING AT LEAST ONE BASAL INSULIN WITH A PI BETWEEN 5.8 AND 8.5 AND A COPOLYAMINO ACID WITH CARBOXYLATE CHARGES AND HYDROPHOBIC RADICALS. |
EP3773472A1 (en) * | 2018-04-04 | 2021-02-17 | Arecor Limited | Medical infusion pump system for the delivery of an insulin compound |
CA3094308A1 (en) * | 2018-04-04 | 2019-10-10 | Arecor Limited | Medical infusion pump system for the delivery of an insulin compound |
CN111989088A (en) * | 2018-04-04 | 2020-11-24 | 艾瑞克有限公司 | Medical infusion pump system for delivering insulin compounds |
EP3814321A1 (en) * | 2018-06-29 | 2021-05-05 | Basf Se | Esteramine salts |
FR3083700B1 (en) * | 2018-07-13 | 2021-03-12 | Adocia | THERMOSTABLE FORMULATION OF HUMAN INSULIN A21G |
US20200179489A1 (en) | 2018-12-07 | 2020-06-11 | Adocia | Injectable solution at ph 7 comprising at least one basal insulin which pi is from 5.8 to 8.5 and a co-polyamino-acid bearing carboxylate charges and hydrophobic radicals and a limited amount of m-cresol |
Family Cites Families (56)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US2387201A (en) | 1942-01-12 | 1945-10-16 | Bonneville Ltd | Mono-acyl ethylene diamines |
US4826818A (en) | 1983-10-26 | 1989-05-02 | Kanebo Ltd. | Proteinaceous emulsifier, process for preparing same and emulsion type cosmetic compositions containing same |
DE3837825A1 (en) | 1988-11-08 | 1990-05-10 | Hoechst Ag | NEW INSULIN DERIVATIVES, THEIR USE AND A PHARMACEUTICAL PREPARATION CONTAINING THEM |
ATE446108T1 (en) | 1999-04-09 | 2009-11-15 | Amag Pharmaceuticals Inc | HEAT RESISTANT COATED COLLOIDAL IRON OXIDES |
FR2801226B1 (en) | 1999-11-23 | 2002-01-25 | Flamel Tech Sa | COLLOIDAL SUSPENSION OF SUBMICRONIC PARTICLES FOR VECTORIZATION OF ACTIVE INGREDIENTS AND METHOD OF PREPARATION |
IL140844A0 (en) | 2001-01-10 | 2002-02-10 | Polygene Ltd | Cationic polysaccharide compositions |
MXPA04006084A (en) | 2001-12-20 | 2005-03-31 | Lilly Co Eli | Insulin molecule having protracted time action. |
FR2840614B1 (en) | 2002-06-07 | 2004-08-27 | Flamel Tech Sa | POLYAMINOACIDS FUNCTIONALIZED BY ALPHA-TOCOPHEROL AND THEIR PARTICULARLY THERAPEUTIC APPLICATIONS |
DE10227232A1 (en) * | 2002-06-18 | 2004-01-15 | Aventis Pharma Deutschland Gmbh | Sour insulin preparations with improved stability |
JP4970731B2 (en) | 2002-12-04 | 2012-07-11 | フラメル・テクノロジー | Polyamino acids functionalized by at least one (oligo) amino acid group and their applications, in particular medical applications |
WO2004096854A2 (en) | 2003-04-29 | 2004-11-11 | Eli Lilly And Company | Insulin analogs having protracted time action |
EP1687019B1 (en) * | 2003-11-20 | 2017-11-22 | Novo Nordisk A/S | Propylene glycol-containing peptide formulations which are optimal for production and for use in injection devices |
FR2862536B1 (en) | 2003-11-21 | 2007-11-23 | Flamel Tech Sa | PHARMACEUTICAL FORMULATIONS FOR THE PROLONGED DELIVERY OF ACTIVE (S) PRINCIPLE (S) AND THEIR PARTICULARLY THERAPEUTIC APPLICATIONS |
FR2873040B1 (en) | 2004-07-19 | 2007-11-30 | Flamel Technologies Sa | COLLOIDAL FORMULATION OF LONG-ACTING INSULIN AND ITS PREPARATION |
WO2006051103A2 (en) | 2004-11-12 | 2006-05-18 | Novo Nordisk A/S | Stable formulations of peptides |
JP2008528509A (en) | 2005-01-21 | 2008-07-31 | アルザ コーポレイション | Therapeutic peptide formulation for coating microneedles with improved stability comprising at least one counter ion |
KR20090013179A (en) | 2006-04-07 | 2009-02-04 | 아도시아 | Difunctional polysaccharides |
WO2007121256A2 (en) * | 2006-04-12 | 2007-10-25 | Biodel, Inc. | Rapid acting and long acting insulin combination formulations |
FR2902007B1 (en) | 2006-06-09 | 2012-01-13 | Flamel Tech Sa | PHARMACEUTICAL FORMULATIONS FOR PROLONGED DELIVERY OF ACTIVE (S) PRINCIPLE (S) AND THEIR PARTICULARLY THERAPEUTIC APPLICATIONS |
US8679540B2 (en) | 2006-06-09 | 2014-03-25 | Flamel Technologies | Pharmaceutical formulations for the prolonged release of active principle(s), and their applications, especially therapeutic applications |
PT2057165E (en) | 2006-09-07 | 2011-05-12 | Einstein Coll Med | Acyclic amine inhibitors of nucleoside phosphorylases and hydrolases |
FR2915683B1 (en) | 2007-05-03 | 2009-08-07 | Flamel Technologies Sa | SELF-PRECIPITANT PHARMACEUTICAL FORMULATIONS FOR MODIFIED RELEASE OF ACTIVE INGREDIENTS |
FR2919188B1 (en) * | 2007-07-27 | 2010-02-26 | Proteins & Peptides Man | COMPLEXES BETWEEN AN AMPHIPHILIC POLYMER AND A OSTEOGENIC PROTEIN BELONGING TO THE BMPS FAMILY |
EP2178909B1 (en) | 2007-08-13 | 2015-10-21 | Novo Nordisk A/S | Rapid acting insulin analogues |
BRPI0820535B8 (en) * | 2007-11-16 | 2021-05-25 | Novo Nordisk As | pharmaceutical compositions containing insulin and an insulinotropic peptide |
TWI394580B (en) * | 2008-04-28 | 2013-05-01 | Halozyme Inc | Super fast-acting insulin compositions |
TWI451876B (en) * | 2008-06-13 | 2014-09-11 | Lilly Co Eli | Pegylated insulin lispro compounds |
US20100069292A1 (en) * | 2008-09-02 | 2010-03-18 | Biodel, Inc. | Insulin with a basal release profile |
FR2940802A1 (en) | 2008-10-10 | 2010-07-09 | Adocia | COMPLEXITY BETWEEN HUMAN INSULIN AND AN AMPHIPHILIC POLYMER AND USE OF THIS COMPLEX FOR PREPARING RAPID HUMAN INSULIN FORMULATION |
US20100167984A1 (en) | 2008-09-26 | 2010-07-01 | Adocia | Complex between human insulin and an amphiphilic polymer and use of this complex in the preparation of a fast-acting human insulin formulation |
US8426382B2 (en) * | 2008-10-06 | 2013-04-23 | Adocia | Polysaccharides comprising carboxyl functional groups substituted by a hydrophobic alcohol derivative |
FR2936800B1 (en) * | 2008-10-06 | 2010-12-31 | Adocia | POLYSACCHARIDE COMPRISING FUNCTIONAL CARBOXYL GROUPS SUBSTITUTED WITH A HYDROPHOBIC ALCOHOL DERIVATIVE |
EP2360188B1 (en) | 2008-11-05 | 2014-09-17 | National University Corporation Tokyo Medical and Dental University | Hyaluronic acid derivative and pharmaceutical composition thereof |
EP2350296A4 (en) | 2008-11-17 | 2013-04-03 | Enzon Pharmaceuticals Inc | Branched cationic lipids for nucleic acids delivery system |
FR2948573B1 (en) * | 2009-07-31 | 2011-11-18 | Adocia | NEW FORM OF ADMINISTRATION OF OSTEOGENIC PROTEIN COMPLEXES |
FR2944448B1 (en) * | 2008-12-23 | 2012-01-13 | Adocia | STABLE PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION COMPRISING AT LEAST ONE MONODONAL ANTIBODY AND AT LEAST ONE AMPHIPHILIC POLYSACHARIDE COMPRISING SUBSTITUENTS DERIVED FROM HYDROFOB ALCOHOLS OR HYDROPHOBIC AMINES. |
WO2010082894A1 (en) * | 2009-01-13 | 2010-07-22 | Ge Healthcare Bio-Sciences Ab | Precipitation of biomolecules with negatively charged polymers |
US9060927B2 (en) * | 2009-03-03 | 2015-06-23 | Biodel Inc. | Insulin formulations for rapid uptake |
FR2943538B1 (en) * | 2009-03-27 | 2011-05-20 | Adocia | QUICK ACTION FORMULATION OF RECOMBINANT HUMAN INSULIN |
US9018190B2 (en) | 2009-03-27 | 2015-04-28 | Adocia | Functionalized oligosaccharides |
FR2956116A1 (en) | 2010-02-09 | 2011-08-12 | Adocia | SOLUBLE POLYSACCHARIDE / BMP-7 COMPLEXES WITH PH PHYSIOLOGICAL PH |
FR2958646B1 (en) | 2010-04-07 | 2012-05-18 | Adocia | POLYSACCHARIDES COMPRISING FUNCTIONAL CARBOXYL GROUPS SUBSTITUTED WITH A HYDROPHOBIC ACID DERIVATIVE. |
FR2958647B1 (en) | 2010-04-08 | 2013-08-23 | Adocia | POLYSACCHARIDES COMPRISING FUNCTIONAL CARBOXYL GROUPS SUBSTITUTED WITH A HYDROPHOBIC DERIVATIVE CARRIED BY AT LEAST TRIVALENT SPACER. |
CN105218685B (en) * | 2010-02-09 | 2018-12-25 | 阿道恰公司 | The anion polysaccharide being functionalized by least two hydrophobic groupings as entrained by the spacer of at least trivalent |
EP2388723A1 (en) | 2010-05-18 | 2011-11-23 | University College Cork-National University of Ireland, Cork | Method of assessing allergic status in a subject |
AU2011202239C1 (en) | 2010-05-19 | 2017-03-16 | Sanofi | Long-acting formulations of insulins |
EP2389945A1 (en) | 2010-05-28 | 2011-11-30 | Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland GmbH | Pharmaceutical composition comprising AVE0010 and insulin glargine |
WO2012153070A1 (en) | 2011-05-10 | 2012-11-15 | Adocia | Functionalised oligosaccharides |
US20120295833A1 (en) | 2011-05-10 | 2012-11-22 | Adocia | Polysaccharides having an adjustable degree of functionalization |
BR112014002986A2 (en) | 2011-08-10 | 2017-06-13 | Adocia | composition in the form of a solution for injection, and single dose formulation |
CN113730555A (en) | 2012-01-09 | 2021-12-03 | 阿道恰公司 | Injectable solution of basal insulin and substituted copoly (amino acid) having pH7 and at least PI 5.8 to 8.5 |
FR2985429B1 (en) | 2012-01-09 | 2016-07-29 | Adocia | PH 7 INJECTABLE SOLUTION COMPRISING AT LEAST ONE BASIC INSULIN WITH A PI BETWEEN 5.8 AND 8.5 AND A SUBSTITUTED POLYAMINOACID OBTAINED BY A CONTROLLED POLYMERIZATION PROCESS |
FR2985428B1 (en) | 2012-01-09 | 2016-05-27 | Adocia | PH 7 INJECTABLE SOLUTION COMPRISING AT LEAST ONE BASIC INSULIN WITH A PI BETWEEN 5.8 AND 8.5 AND A SUBSTITUTED POLYAMINOACIDE |
EP2814459A1 (en) | 2012-02-17 | 2014-12-24 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Self-regulated peptide hydrogel for insulin delivery |
SG10201703742SA (en) | 2012-11-13 | 2017-06-29 | Adocia | Substituted anionic compounds consisting of a backbone consisting of a discrete number of saccharide units |
EP2919804B1 (en) | 2012-11-13 | 2018-01-31 | Adocia | Quick-acting insulin formulation including a substituted anionic compound |
-
2012
- 2012-08-09 BR BR112014002986A patent/BR112014002986A2/en active Search and Examination
- 2012-08-09 CA CA2843586A patent/CA2843586A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2012-08-09 US US13/571,026 patent/US9089476B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2012-08-09 KR KR1020147005655A patent/KR101810055B1/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2012-08-09 EP EP16162474.7A patent/EP3053590A1/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2012-08-09 CN CN201280038926.9A patent/CN103889442B/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2012-08-09 DK DK12758562.8T patent/DK2741765T3/en active
- 2012-08-09 WO PCT/FR2012/051880 patent/WO2013021143A1/en active Application Filing
- 2012-08-09 JP JP2014524435A patent/JP5950477B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2012-08-09 EP EP12758562.8A patent/EP2741765B9/en not_active Not-in-force
- 2012-08-09 AU AU2012293463A patent/AU2012293463B2/en not_active Ceased
- 2012-08-09 MX MX2014001190A patent/MX2014001190A/en active IP Right Grant
- 2012-08-09 RU RU2014108829/15A patent/RU2578460C2/en not_active IP Right Cessation
-
2014
- 2014-01-23 IL IL230611A patent/IL230611A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2014-01-31 ZA ZA2014/00773A patent/ZA201400773B/en unknown
-
2015
- 2015-05-26 US US14/721,889 patent/US20170182131A9/en not_active Abandoned
-
2018
- 2018-07-02 US US16/025,832 patent/US20180311316A1/en not_active Abandoned
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
DK2741765T3 (en) | 2016-06-13 |
EP2741765B1 (en) | 2016-03-30 |
WO2013021143A1 (en) | 2013-02-14 |
AU2012293463A1 (en) | 2014-03-06 |
US20170182131A9 (en) | 2017-06-29 |
CN103889442B (en) | 2016-12-28 |
AU2012293463B2 (en) | 2016-08-04 |
CA2843586A1 (en) | 2013-02-14 |
RU2578460C2 (en) | 2016-03-27 |
KR101810055B1 (en) | 2017-12-18 |
KR20140051384A (en) | 2014-04-30 |
JP2014521716A (en) | 2014-08-28 |
US9089476B2 (en) | 2015-07-28 |
IL230611A0 (en) | 2014-03-31 |
EP2741765A1 (en) | 2014-06-18 |
JP5950477B2 (en) | 2016-07-13 |
MX2014001190A (en) | 2014-05-12 |
US20150250858A1 (en) | 2015-09-10 |
RU2014108829A (en) | 2015-09-20 |
CN103889442A (en) | 2014-06-25 |
EP3053590A1 (en) | 2016-08-10 |
EP2741765B9 (en) | 2016-09-28 |
ZA201400773B (en) | 2016-11-30 |
BR112014002986A2 (en) | 2017-06-13 |
US20130065826A1 (en) | 2013-03-14 |
IL230611A (en) | 2016-10-31 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US20180311316A1 (en) | Injectable solution at ph 7 comprising at least one basal insulin whose pi is between 5.8 and 8.5 | |
US10335489B2 (en) | Injectable solution at pH 7 comprising at least one basal insulin the pi of which is between 5.8 and 8.5 and a substituted co-polyamino acid | |
US8669227B2 (en) | Fast-acting insulin formulation | |
US10383920B2 (en) | Injectable solution at pH 7 comprising at least one basal insulin the pI of which is from 5.8 to 8.5 and a co-polyamino acid bearing carboxylate charges and hydrophobic radicals | |
JP6111475B2 (en) | Stable aqueous composition comprising human insulin or analogs or derivatives thereof | |
US20180236085A1 (en) | Injectable solution at ph 7 comprising at least one basal insulin the isoelectric point of which is comprised in 5.8 and 8.5 and an anionic compound bearing carboxylate charges and hydrophobic radicals | |
US20120094902A1 (en) | Fast-acting insulin formulation | |
US20190216931A1 (en) | Injectable ph 7 solution comprising at least one basal insulin having a pi from 5.8 to 8.5 and a co-polyamino acid bearing carboxylate charges and hydrophobic radicals | |
US10449256B2 (en) | Injectable solution at pH 7 comprising at least one basal insulin the isoelectric point of which is between 5.8 and 8.5 and a hydrophobized anionic polymer | |
US11576952B2 (en) | Injectable solution at pH 7 comprising at least one basal insulin for which the pI is from 5.8 to 8.5 and a co-polyamino acid bearing carboxylate charges and hydrophobic radicals | |
FR2978918A1 (en) | Composition, useful for treating diabetes, comprises basal insulin, and dextran substituted by carboxylate charge carrier radicals and hydrophobic radicals, where composition is in the form of an injectable aqueous solution |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED |
|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |